WO2013141294A1 - Communication system, mobile station device, base station device, and communication method - Google Patents

Communication system, mobile station device, base station device, and communication method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2013141294A1
WO2013141294A1 PCT/JP2013/058057 JP2013058057W WO2013141294A1 WO 2013141294 A1 WO2013141294 A1 WO 2013141294A1 JP 2013058057 W JP2013058057 W JP 2013058057W WO 2013141294 A1 WO2013141294 A1 WO 2013141294A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
base station
communication
unit
station device
station apparatus
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2013/058057
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
重人 鈴木
眞一 澤田
勝利 石倉
佑介 高木
俊平 布施
Original Assignee
シャープ株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2012063885A external-priority patent/JP2013197961A/en
Priority claimed from JP2012063884A external-priority patent/JP2013197960A/en
Application filed by シャープ株式会社 filed Critical シャープ株式会社
Publication of WO2013141294A1 publication Critical patent/WO2013141294A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W16/00Network planning, e.g. coverage or traffic planning tools; Network deployment, e.g. resource partitioning or cells structures
    • H04W16/24Cell structures
    • H04W16/32Hierarchical cell structures
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W84/00Network topologies
    • H04W84/02Hierarchically pre-organised networks, e.g. paging networks, cellular networks, WLAN [Wireless Local Area Network] or WLL [Wireless Local Loop]
    • H04W84/04Large scale networks; Deep hierarchical networks
    • H04W84/042Public Land Mobile systems, e.g. cellular systems
    • H04W84/045Public Land Mobile systems, e.g. cellular systems using private Base Stations, e.g. femto Base Stations, home Node B

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a communication system, a mobile station apparatus, a base station apparatus, and a communication method.
  • This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2012-063884 filed in Japan on March 21, 2012 and Japanese Patent Application No. 2012-063885 filed on March 21, 2012 in Japan And the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
  • LTE-A Long Term Evolution-Advanced
  • a base station device In wireless communication, data is transmitted and received using radio waves between a base station device and a mobile station device.
  • LTE-A Long Term Evolution-Advanced
  • the types of ranges covered by the base station device include, for example, a macro cell (also called a macro cell) and a micro cell (also called a micro cell, pico cell, femto cell, and H).
  • a macro cell is a cell with a large range in which radio waves reach a mobile station device (for example, a radius of several hundreds to several tens of kilometers).
  • a microcell is a cell that has a smaller range in which radio waves reach a mobile station device (for example, a radius of several meters to several hundred meters).
  • Patent Document 1 As a communication system in which macro cells and micro cells are mixed, there is an access method arrangement method described in Patent Document 1, for example.
  • an MME Mobility Management Entity
  • eNB base station apparatus
  • an MNB Mobility Management Entity
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above points, and provides a communication system, a mobile station apparatus, a base station apparatus, and a communication method that do not reduce the use efficiency of frequency resources.
  • a communication system comprising a small base station device and a mobile station device, wherein the mobile station device communicates with the macrocell base station device or the small base station device using a first frequency band; Generating request information indicating requesting communication with a small base station device or a macro cell base station device that is not communicating with the transceiver using a second frequency band different from the first frequency band;
  • a communication control unit comprising: a communication control unit that transmits the request information to the macro cell base station device or the small base station device communicating with the transmission / reception unit.
  • the mobile station device includes a communication measurement unit that measures a communication amount with the macro cell base station device or the small base station device
  • the communication control unit includes the communication control unit, Whether or not to communicate using the second frequency band may be determined based on the communication amount measured by the communication measurement unit.
  • the communication control unit may search for a small base station apparatus or a macro cell base station apparatus that can communicate using the second frequency band.
  • the communication control unit transmits, as the request information, location information indicating presence in a cell of the searched small base station device or macro cell base station device. You may do it.
  • the communication control unit adds the request information to measurement information related to communication with the macro cell base station apparatus or the small base station apparatus, and the macro cell base station apparatus or You may transmit to the said small base station apparatus.
  • the communication control unit when the communication control unit detects a plurality of communicable small base station devices or macro cell base station devices, the small base station device or macro cell base station having the highest communication quality is detected. A device may be selected.
  • a second aspect of the present invention is a communication system including a macro cell base station device, a small base station device that uses a partial area of a cell of the macro cell base station device as a cell, and a mobile station device.
  • the macro cell base station apparatus or the small base station apparatus uses a transmission / reception unit that communicates with the mobile station apparatus using a first frequency band, and a second frequency band different from the first frequency band.
  • Request information indicating that communication between the mobile station device and a small base station device or macro cell base station device that is not communicating with the transceiver unit is generated, and the request information is communicated with the transceiver unit
  • a communication control unit that transmits to the mobile station device.
  • a third aspect of the present invention is a transmission / reception unit that communicates with a macro cell base station apparatus or a small base station apparatus that uses a partial area of a cell of the macro cell base station apparatus as a cell using the first frequency band. And request information representing requesting communication with a small base station apparatus or macrocell base station apparatus that is not communicating with the transceiver using a second frequency band different from the first frequency band. And a communication control unit that transmits the request information to the macro cell base station device or the small base station device communicating with the transmission / reception unit.
  • a transmitting / receiving unit that communicates with a mobile station device using a first frequency band, and the transmitting / receiving unit using a second frequency band different from the first frequency band.
  • a request that indicates a request for communication between the mobile station apparatus and the macro cell base station apparatus that is not communicating with the small cell base station apparatus or the macro cell base station apparatus that uses a partial area of the cell of the macro cell base station apparatus as a cell.
  • a communication control unit that generates information and transmits the request information to the mobile station device that is communicating with the transmission / reception unit.
  • a fifth aspect of the present invention is a communication method in a mobile station device, wherein the mobile station device is a small cell having a macro cell base station device or a partial area of a cell of the macro cell base station device as a cell.
  • a small base station apparatus or a macro cell base that communicates with a base station apparatus using a first frequency band, and the mobile station apparatus does not communicate with a second frequency band different from the first frequency band.
  • a sixth aspect of the present invention is a communication method in a macro cell base station apparatus or a small base station apparatus that uses a partial area of a cell of the macro cell base station apparatus as a cell, the macro cell base station apparatus or The small base station apparatus communicates with a mobile station apparatus using a first frequency band, and the macro cell base station apparatus or the small base station apparatus has a second frequency band different from the first frequency band. And generating request information indicating requesting communication between the mobile station device and a small base station device or macrocell base station device that is not communicating, and sending the request information to the mobile station device that is communicating A communication method for transmission.
  • the utilization efficiency of frequency resources does not decrease.
  • 1 is a conceptual diagram illustrating a communication system according to a first embodiment of the present invention. It is a conceptual diagram showing an example of the frequency band used for transmission / reception of the data which concerns on 1st Embodiment. It is a conceptual diagram showing the other example of the frequency band used for transmission / reception of the data which concerns on 1st Embodiment. It is a conceptual diagram showing the other example of the frequency band used for transmission / reception of the data which concerns on 1st Embodiment. It is the schematic showing the structure of the communication system which concerns on 1st Embodiment. It is the schematic showing the structure of UE which concerns on 1st Embodiment. It is the schematic showing the structure of eNB which concerns on 1st Embodiment.
  • FIG. 1 is a conceptual diagram showing a communication system 1a according to the first embodiment.
  • the communication system 1a includes an eNB 12, a HeNB 13-1, 13-2, 13-3, and a UE.
  • the HeNBs 13-1, 13-2, and 13-3 may be collectively referred to as HeNB13.
  • the eNB 12 is a macro cell base station apparatus (macro cell eNodeB) that transmits and receives data wirelessly to and from the UE 14.
  • UE User Equipment
  • FIG. 1 a cell 32 is a macro cell that represents a range in which radio waves of the eNB 12 reach, that is, a range in which data can be transmitted and received with the UE 14.
  • the radius of the cell 32 is, for example, a relatively wide range of several hundred m to several km. That is, the macro cell base station apparatus is a base station apparatus that has a wide communication range with the mobile station apparatus (typically, a radius of several hundreds to several tens of kilometers).
  • the HeNBs 13-1, 13-2, and 13-3 are small base station devices (Home eNodeB [indoor base station device], micro cell eNodeB [micro cell base station device]) that transmit and receive data wirelessly with the UE 14. pico cell eNodeB [picocell base station apparatus] and femto cell eNodeB [femtocell base station apparatus]).
  • the number of HeNBs is not limited to three as illustrated, and may be one, two, or more than three.
  • cells 33-1, 33-2, and 33-3 represent ranges where radio waves of HeNBs 13-1, 13-2, and 13-3 reach, respectively.
  • the radii of the cells 33-1, 33-2, 33-3 are in a relatively narrow range of, for example, several meters to several tens of meters.
  • the areas of the cells 33-1, 33-2, and 33-3 shown in FIG. 1 are all included in the area of the cell 32.
  • the cells 33-1, 33-2, and 33-3 may be collectively referred to as the cell 33. That is, the small base station device is a base station device that has a narrow communication range with the mobile station device (typically a radius of several meters to several tens of meters).
  • the cell 33 provided by the HeNB 13 may be any of the following types (1) to (3).
  • Open cell Similar to a macro cell, it is a cell to which all UEs can be connected.
  • identification information of the open cell for example, PCI (Physical Cell Identity) in the same format as the macro cell is used.
  • CSG cell Cell Subscriber Group cell
  • a CSG-ID is transmitted as a part of the system information to UEs located in the CSG cell, that is, within the coverage range.
  • the system information is control information common to UEs in the area.
  • the CSG-ID is CSG identification information.
  • (3) Hybrid cell A cell that can be connected to a CSG member as a CSG cell and to a non-CSG member as an open cell. Therefore, PCI having the same format as that of an open cell is used as hybrid cell identification information. Further, the CSG-ID is transmitted as a part of the system information to UEs located in the hybrid cell.
  • the HeNB 13 may allocate frequency resources with priority over CSG members over non-CSG members.
  • the UE 14 is a mobile station device (User Equipment) that transmits and receives data wirelessly with at least one of the eNB 12 and the HeNBs 13-1, 13-2, and 13-3.
  • the UE 14 is, for example, a mobile phone or a personal digital assistant (PDA).
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • the eNB 12 and the HeNBs 13-1, 13-2, and 13-3 are not distinguished from each other or when they are collectively referred to, they may be simply referred to as base station apparatuses.
  • the HeNBs 13-1, 13-2, and 13-3 are not distinguished from each other, or are collectively referred to, they may be simply referred to as HeNB13.
  • the communication system 1a includes an eNB 12, a HeNB 13 having a partial area of the cell 32 as a cell, and a UE.
  • UE14 communicates with eNB12 using the electromagnetic wave of a certain frequency band A1 (henceforth the band A1).
  • UE14 produces
  • the UE 14 transmits the generated request information to the eNB 12. Thereby, the communication system 1a performs carrier aggregation (CA).
  • CA carrier aggregation
  • CA Carrier aggregation
  • CC is a technology that aggregates (aggregates) two or more different frequency bands (component carriers; component carriers, CCs), and simultaneously transmits and receives data using these frequency bands.
  • CC is a unit of a communication band in which data is allocated for each UE.
  • the CC includes a plurality of resource blocks (RBs).
  • RB is a unit (for example, 180 kHz) of a frequency band to which data in an OFDM (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing) signal frame is assigned.
  • FIG. 2A and 2B are conceptual diagrams illustrating an example of a frequency band used for data transmission / reception.
  • the horizontal axis represents frequency.
  • FIG. 2A shows that the eNB 12 transmits data to the UE 14 using PCC (Primary Component Carrier) of the band A1 before the CA process.
  • PCC Principal Component Carrier
  • FIG. 2B shows that after the CA process, the eNB 12 transmits data to the UE 14 using the PCC of the band A1, and at the same time, the HeNB 13-1 uses the SCC (Secondary Component Carrier, secondary component carrier) of the band B1 to the UE 14. Represents sending data. At this time, the UE 14 receives data from the same counterpart device (for example, another mobile station device) using the band A1 and the band B1 via the eNB 12 and the HeNB 13-1, respectively. Therefore, CA refers to virtually expanding the frequency band by simultaneously using a plurality of CCs for communication with the same counterpart device. CA refers to communication using an expanded frequency band. Sometimes.
  • the band A1 (first frequency band) is the band used from the beginning before expanding the band between the eNB (macrocell base station apparatus) 12 and the UE (mobile station apparatus) 14.
  • the band B1 second frequency band
  • CA is to aggregate the band A1 (first frequency band) and the band B1 (second frequency band) and perform communication between the UE 14 and the counterpart device.
  • the CCs to be aggregated may be frequency bands separated from each other as shown in FIGS. 2A and 2B, or may be frequency bands adjacent to each other.
  • the band of each CC may be any band (for example, any one of 800 MHz, 2.4 GHz, and 3.4 GHz).
  • the bandwidth of each CC may be any bandwidth (for example, any of 1.4 MHz, 3 MHz, 5 MHz, 10 MHz, 15 MHz, and 20 MHz). Further, the bandwidth and center frequency of each CC may be different between the uplink and the downlink.
  • the PCC is a frequency band that serves as a reference for measurement control such as reception quality performed by the UE 14, detection of a downlink radio link failure, and transmission of an uplink control channel.
  • the PCC is a main band assigned to each UE.
  • the SCC is a frequency band assigned to the UE other than the PCC.
  • System information to be described later may include information representing PCC and information representing SCC used for communication with the UE 14 for each base station apparatus.
  • FIG. 3 is a conceptual diagram illustrating another example of a frequency band used for data transmission / reception.
  • the horizontal axis represents frequency.
  • the number of CCs used is three. Of the three, one is a PCC in the band A1 used for communication between the eNB 12 and the UE 14. The other two are SCCs used for communication between the HeNB 13-1 and the UE.
  • the two SCC bands are bands B1 and C1.
  • Physical signal / physical channel Physical signals and physical channels related to CA will be described.
  • the physical signal is a signal used for system synchronization, cell identification, and radio channel prediction.
  • a physical channel is a channel for transmitting information generated at a higher layer (upper layer) than the physical layer.
  • Signals and physical signals assigned to physical channels are assigned to predetermined times and frequencies as part of transmission signals or reception signals. This assignment is called mapping. Also, reconstructing the original signal from the assigned signal is called demapping.
  • the downlink physical channels include, for example, a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH, Physical Downlink Shared Channel) and a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH, Physical Downing Control Channel) shared by each UE.
  • the PDSCH is a channel that transmits user data representing information transmitted and received by a user, for example.
  • the PDCCH includes, for example, identification information (ID) of a UE that performs communication using PDSCH, information on the transport (transmission) format of user data (ie, downlink scheduling information), a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH, Physical Up and Shared Channel). ) Is used to transmit control information such as the ID of a UE that performs communication using the user ID and information on the transport (transmission) format of user data (uplink scheduling grant).
  • ID identification information
  • PUSCH Physical Up and Shared Channel
  • the PDCCH is also called a downlink L1 / L2 control channel (Downlink L1 / L2 Control Channel).
  • the downlink scheduling information and the uplink scheduling grant are also called downlink control information (DCI, Downlink Control Information).
  • Other physical downlink channels include physical broadcast channels (PBCH, Physical Broadcast Channel).
  • the PBCH is a channel that transmits information (for example, system information) unique to each base station apparatus to UEs that are located in the cell, that is, within the coverage of the cell.
  • the downlink physical signal includes a synchronization signal (SS, Synchronization Signal).
  • the synchronization signal is a signal used for searching (cell search) or identifying a base station apparatus in which UE 14 is located.
  • the synchronization signal includes a cell ID that is information for identifying the base station apparatus.
  • the synchronization signal includes a primary synchronization signal (PSS, Primary Synchronization Signal) and a secondary synchronization signal (SSS, Secondary Synchronization Signal).
  • the uplink physical channel includes a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH, Physical Uplink Shared Channel) and a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH, Physical Uplink Control Channel) common to each UE.
  • the PUSCH is a channel for transmitting user data, for example.
  • the PUCCH is a channel that transmits, for example, downlink quality information (CQI, Channel Quality Indicator), PUSCH delivery confirmation information, etc. used for PUSCH scheduling, adaptive modulation / demodulation, and encoding processing (AMCS, Adaptive Modulation and Coding Scheme). is there.
  • Downlink quality information may be channel state information (CSI, Channel State Indicator) including CQI, PMI (Precoding Matrix Indicator), and RI (Rank Indicator).
  • the acknowledgment information includes an acknowledgment signal (ACK, Acknowledgment) indicating that the transmission signal has been properly received or a negative acknowledgment signal (NACK, Negative Acknowledgment) indicating that the transmission signal has not been properly received. May be included.
  • the uplink physical signal includes a demodulation reference signal (DMRS, Demodulation Reference Signal).
  • DMRS Demodulation Reference Signal
  • the demodulation reference signal is a signal used by the base station apparatus for synchronization with the UE 14.
  • the above-described physical signals and physical channel signals may be collected and transmitted in one CC for each pair of one base station device and one UE, or when CA is performed. May be distributed and transmitted to a plurality of CCs for each pair.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram showing the configuration of the communication system 1a according to the first embodiment.
  • the communication system 1a includes an eNB 12, a HeNB 13, a UE 14, an MME (Mobility Management Entity) 15 and a RAN (Radio Access Network, radio access network) 11.
  • eNB 12 a HeNB 13
  • UE 14 an MME (Mobility Management Entity) 15
  • RAN Radio Access Network, radio access network
  • the RAN 11 is a network that connects at least one of the eNB 12 or the HeNB 13 and the UE 14 by radio (for example, RRC [Radio Resource Control] connection).
  • the eNB 12 and the HeNB 13 are each connected to the MME 15 by wire.
  • the HeNB 13 may be connected to the MME 15 using, for example, a wired subscriber communication line such as an optical communication line or a fixed telephone line. Part or all of the HeNB 13 may be connected to the MME 15 via, for example, a HeNB-GW (indoor base station apparatus gateway apparatus).
  • the MME 15 includes base station identification information (for example, PCI), which is identification information for each base station apparatus, and registration area information (for example, TAI (Tracking Area Identity)) representing a registration area including cells of a plurality of base station apparatuses. It is stored in association with each other in advance. Since the cells 33-1 to 33-3 are all included in the cell 32, the HeNBs 13-1 to 13-3 all belong to the registration area identified by the same TAI as that of the eNB 12. When any of the HeNBs 13-1 to 13-3 is a CSG cell or a hybrid cell, the MME 15 stores a CSG-ID representing a CSG group including the HeNB related to the cell in association with the PCI of the cell. ing.
  • PCI base station identification information
  • registration area information for example, TAI (Tracking Area Identity)
  • the MME 15 receives a registration request signal from the UE 14 via a base station device (for example, eNB 12 or HeNB 13-1) corresponding to the stored PCI.
  • the registration request signal is a signal indicating that the UE 14 registers as a device located in the cell of the base station device.
  • the MME 15 generates communication path information (also called a bearer or a bearer) between the base station device and the counterpart device.
  • the MME 15 transmits a registration confirmation signal to the base station apparatus (for example, the eNB 12 or the HeNB 13-1) that has received the registration request signal.
  • the MME 15 receives a communication path setting request signal from a base station apparatus (for example, the HeNB 13-1 or the eNB 12) corresponding to the stored PCI.
  • the communication path setting request signal is a request for setting a communication path between the base station apparatus (or designated base station apparatus) and the counterpart apparatus in order to perform communication between the UE 14 and the counterpart apparatus. It is a signal showing. Thereafter, the MME 15 generates communication path information between the base station apparatus and the counterpart apparatus related to the communication path setting request signal.
  • the MME 15 transmits a communication path setting confirmation signal to the base station apparatus (for example, the HeNB 13-1 or the eNB 12) that has received the communication path setting request signal.
  • the base station apparatus transmits and receives user data between the UE 14 and the counterpart apparatus via the communication path represented by the generated communication path information.
  • the MME 15 determines whether or not the UE 14 belongs to the CSG group corresponding to the CSG cell.
  • the MME 15 generates the above-described communication path information when the UE 14 belongs to the CSG group, and does not generate the above-described communication path information when the UE 14 does not belong to the CSG group.
  • the hybrid cell realizes communication by UEs belonging to the CSG group of the cell using parameters dedicated to the CSG group.
  • the hybrid cell realizes communication by UEs not belonging to the CSG group of the cell using other parameters.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram illustrating the configuration of the UE 14 according to the first embodiment.
  • the UE 14 shown in FIG. 5 corresponds to the UE 14 in FIG.
  • the UE 14 includes a transmission / reception unit 141, a communication control unit 142, and a data processing unit 143.
  • the transmission / reception unit 141 includes an antenna unit 1411, a wireless reception unit 1412, a demodulation unit 1413, a modulation unit 1414, and a wireless transmission unit 1415.
  • the antenna unit 1411 outputs a reception signal (radio frequency reception signal) in a radio frequency band received from at least one of the eNB 12 and the HeNBs 13-1 to 13-3 to the radio reception unit 1412.
  • the antenna unit 1411 transmits the radio frequency band transmission signal (radio frequency transmission signal) input from the radio transmission unit 1415 as a radio wave to the eNB 12 and the HeNBs 13-1 to 13-3.
  • the radio reception unit 1412 down-converts the radio frequency reception signal input from the antenna unit 1411 to a base frequency band (baseband) and generates a modulation reception signal.
  • the radio reception unit 1412 performs down-conversion so that the center frequency becomes a base frequency (for example, 0 Hz) for each band represented by the CC information input from the communication control unit 142.
  • This CC information represents a downlink CC that receives a signal from the base station apparatus.
  • the radio reception unit 1412 outputs the modulated reception signal generated for each CC to the demodulation unit 1413.
  • the demodulator 1413 demodulates the modulated received signal input from the radio receiver 1412 (for example, CP (Cyclic Prefix) removal, serial-parallel conversion, FFT (Fast Fourier Transform, Fast Fourier Transform), demapping, parallel-serial conversion) Then, a reception signal is generated.
  • the demodulator 1413 outputs the generated received signal to the communication controller 142 and the data processor 143.
  • the demodulator 1413 extracts allocation data determined for each signal included in a physical channel (for example, PDSCH, etc.) and for each type of physical signal (for example, user data signal, control signal, etc.). The received data is reconstructed by permuting the extracted data.
  • the modulation unit 1414 modulates the transmission signal input from the communication control unit 142 and the data processing unit 143 (for example, serial-parallel conversion, mapping, IFFT (Inverse Fast Fourier Transform), parallel-serial conversion, CP insertion) ) To generate a modulated transmission signal.
  • the modulation unit 1414 arranges data on the basis of an assignment determined for each signal included in a physical channel (for example, PUSCH and the like) and each type of physical signal (for example, user data and the like).
  • Modulation section 1414 generates a modulated transmission signal for each base station apparatus and frequency band represented by the CC information input from communication control section 142, and outputs the generated modulated transmission signal to radio transmission section 1415.
  • Radio transmission section 1415 upconverts the modulated transmission signal input from modulation section 1414 from the base frequency band to the radio frequency band, and generates a radio frequency transmission signal.
  • the wireless transmission unit 1415 up-converts the center frequency from the base frequency to the center frequency of the band for each band represented by the CC information input from the communication control unit 142.
  • This CC information represents an uplink CC that transmits a signal to the base station apparatus.
  • Radio transmission section 1415 outputs the generated radio frequency transmission signal to antenna section 1411.
  • the communication control unit 142 includes a communication measurement unit 1421, a synchronization processing unit 1422, and a bandwidth management unit 1423.
  • the communication measurement unit 1421 measures the communication amount and communication quality related to communication with the base station apparatus (for example, eNB 12) based on the received signal input from the demodulation unit 1413. For example, the communication measuring unit 1421 calculates the amount of information (communication amount) per unit time (for example, 10 ms) of the received signal. The communication measuring unit 1421 determines whether the calculated communication amount is greater than a predetermined communication amount (for example, r times the communication amount that can be transmitted by the CC being used, where r is a positive real number smaller than 1). Judge. When it is determined that the communication amount is larger than the predetermined communication amount, the communication measurement unit 1421 generates a CA determination signal indicating that it is determined that CA is required, and outputs the generated CA determination signal to the synchronization processing unit 1422. .
  • a predetermined communication amount for example, r times the communication amount that can be transmitted by the CC being used, where r is a positive real number smaller than 1).
  • the communication measurement unit 1421 extracts a synchronization signal from the received signal received from the base station apparatus (for example, in the frequency band A1 from the eNB 12), and generates quality information based on the extracted synchronization signal.
  • the quality information includes, for example, information indicating a signal-to-interference noise ratio (SINR, Signal to Interference Ratio).
  • SINR Signal to Interference Noise ratio
  • the communication measurement unit 1421 outputs the generated quality information to the modulation unit 1414 as a transmission signal to the connected base station apparatus.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1422 extracts a synchronization signal from the received signal input from the demodulation unit 1413, and detects the HeNB 13 in which the UE 14 is in the cell and can use a new CC based on the extracted synchronization signal.
  • the new CC is a CC different from the CC (for example, the band A1) used for transmitting and receiving user data with the communicating base station apparatus.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1422 determines that the base station identification information (cell ID) represented by the extracted synchronization signal is base station identification information representing one of the HeNBs 13 (for example, the HeNB 13-1) (HeNB search). Cell search).
  • the synchronization processor 1422 extracts system information from the received signal input from the demodulator 1413.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1422 reads, as a new CC (for example, band B1), a CC that is not used for transmission / reception among CCs related to any HeNB 13 from the extracted system information (band detection).
  • a new CC for example, band B1
  • the new CC is the band B1
  • the HeNB 13 that can use the CC is the HeNB 13-1.
  • the new CC may be a band other than the band B1
  • the HeNB 13 related to the CC is not limited to the HeNB 13-1.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1422 generates CA request information indicating that the HeNB 13-1 that can use the CC of the new band B1 requests CA.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1422 outputs the CA request information to the modulation unit 1314 as a transmission signal to the eNB 12.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1422 may generate a PI (Proximity Indicator) as an example of CA request information.
  • the PI is information (location information) indicating that the UE 14 is located in the cell 33-1 of the HeNB 13-1 that performs communication using the CC of the band B1, for example.
  • the PI generated by the synchronization processing unit 1422 is, for example, entering proximity indication, that is, information indicating that the UE 14 has entered the cell 33-1.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1422 outputs the generated PI to the modulation unit 1414 as a transmission signal to the eNB 12.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1422 performs a synchronization process with the HeNB 13-1 when the CA preparation notification information is input from the demodulation unit 1413 as a received signal in the band B1 from the HeNB 13-1.
  • the CA preparation notification information is information for notifying that the eNB 12 and the HeNB 13-1 perform processing related to CA preparation.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1422 detects, for example, the PSS from the synchronization signal received in the band B1, and detects the relative position (offset amount) of the SSS from the PSS.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1422 detects the SSS at the detected position, and identifies the range of each frame in the received signal from the HeNB 13-1, that is, the frame timing, based on the detected SSS position. After completing the synchronization process, the synchronization processing unit 1422 generates CA preparation confirmation information (ACK), and outputs the generated CA preparation confirmation information to the modulation unit 1414 as a transmission signal to the HeNB 13-1.
  • the CA preparation confirmation information is information indicating that reception of CA preparation notification information has been confirmed.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1422 generates a synchronization processing completion signal indicating that the synchronization processing has been completed for the band B1, and outputs the generated synchronization processing completion signal to the band management unit 1423.
  • Band management unit 1423 generates CC information indicating a band for communicating with the base station apparatus.
  • Band management section 1423 outputs CC information related to the downlink to radio reception section 1412, and outputs CC information related to the uplink to radio transmission section 1415.
  • the bandwidth management unit 1423 generates CC information representing the bandwidth B1 to the HeNB 13-1 based on the synchronization processing completion signal input from the synchronization processing unit 1422.
  • Band management section 1423 outputs the generated CC information to radio reception section 1412 and radio transmission section 1415.
  • the UE 14 can receive user data from the HeNB 13-1 using the CC of the band B1 and transmit the user data to the HeNB 13-1.
  • the band management unit 1423 generates CA start information indicating that CA to the HeNB 13-1 has started using the CC of the band B1.
  • Band management section 1423 outputs CA start information generated as a transmission signal to eNB 12 to modulation section 1414.
  • the data processing unit 143 is a processing unit that performs processing on user data.
  • the data processing unit 143 executes applications such as voice communication and data communication, for example.
  • the data processing unit 143 extracts reception user data from the reception signal input from the demodulation unit 1413, and performs processing related to the extracted reception user data.
  • the data processing unit 143 outputs the transmission user data to the modulation unit 1414 as a transmission signal.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram illustrating the configuration of the eNB 12a according to the first embodiment.
  • the eNB 12a illustrated in FIG. 6 corresponds to the eNB 12 illustrated in FIG.
  • the eNB 12a includes a transmission / reception unit 121, a communication control unit 122, and a data processing unit 123.
  • the transmission / reception unit 121 includes an antenna unit 1211, a wireless reception unit 1212, a demodulation unit 1213, a modulation unit 1214, and a wireless transmission unit 1215.
  • the antenna unit 1211 outputs the radio frequency reception signal received from the UE 14 to the radio reception unit 1212.
  • the antenna unit 1211 transmits the radio frequency transmission signal input from the radio transmission unit 1215 to the UE 14 as a radio wave.
  • the radio reception unit 1212 generates a modulated reception signal by down-converting the radio frequency reception signal input from the antenna unit 1211 to the base frequency band.
  • the processing performed by the wireless reception unit 1212 is the same as the processing performed by the wireless reception unit 1412.
  • Radio reception section 1212 outputs the generated modulated reception signal to demodulation section 1213.
  • the demodulation unit 1213 demodulates the modulated reception signal input from the wireless reception unit 1212 to generate a reception signal.
  • the demodulation unit 1213 outputs the generated reception signal to the communication control unit 122 and the data processing unit 123.
  • the processing performed by the demodulation unit 1213 is the same as that of the demodulation unit 1413.
  • the modulation unit 1214 modulates the transmission signal input from the communication control unit 122 and the data processing unit 123 to generate a modulated transmission signal.
  • the process performed by the modulation unit 1214 is the same as that of the modulation unit 1414.
  • Modulation section 1214 outputs the generated modulated transmission signal to radio transmission section 1215.
  • the radio transmission unit 1215 generates a radio frequency transmission signal by up-converting the modulated transmission signal input from the modulation unit 1214 from the base frequency band to the radio frequency band.
  • the process performed by the wireless transmission unit 1215 is the same as that of the wireless transmission unit 1415.
  • Radio transmission section 1215 outputs the generated radio frequency transmission signal to antenna section 1211.
  • the transmission / reception part 121 transmits the transmission signal to HeNB13 or MME15 input from the communication control part 122 or the data processing part 123 to HeNB13 or MME15 by wire (not shown).
  • the transmission / reception unit 121 outputs a reception signal received by wire from the HeNB 13 or the MME 15 to the communication control unit 122 or the data processing unit 123 (not shown).
  • the communication control unit 122 includes a preparation processing unit 1221 and a bandwidth management unit 1222.
  • the preparation processing unit 1221 uses the CC (for example, the band B1) indicated by the CA request information to communicate with the UE 14 (for example, the HeNB 13).
  • the preparation processing unit 1221 transmits and receives a communication path setting request signal for requesting setting of a communication path between the HeNB 13 (for example, HeNB 13-1) represented by the input CA request signal and the counterpart apparatus as a transmission signal to the MME 15. Output to the unit 121.
  • the preparation processing unit 1221 receives a communication path setting confirmation signal corresponding to the communication path setting request signal output from the transmission / reception unit 121 as a reception signal from the MME 15.
  • the preparation processing unit 1221 outputs, to the transmission / reception unit 121, CA preparation notification information for notifying that processing related to preparation for performing communication with the UE 14 using the CC is performed as a transmission signal to the HeNB 13.
  • the preparation processing unit 1221 receives CA start information from the demodulation unit 1213 as a reception signal from the UE 14.
  • the preparation processing unit 1221 may receive CA preparation confirmation information from the HeNB 13 (for example, HeNB 13-1) from the demodulation unit 1213 instead of inputting the CA start information from the UE.
  • the CA preparation confirmation information is information indicating that the CA preparation process has been completed.
  • the preparation processing unit 1221 When the CA preparation confirmation information is input, the preparation processing unit 1221 generates CA start information, and outputs the generated CA start information to the modulation unit 1214 as a transmission signal to the UE 14. Thereby, eNB12a transmits CA start information to UE14.
  • the band management unit 1222 generates CC information indicating a band for communicating with the UE 14.
  • the bandwidth management unit 1222 outputs downlink CC information to the radio transmission unit 1215 and transmits uplink CC information to the radio reception unit 1212. For example, when communication is performed by transmitting user data to the UE 14 in the band A1, the band management unit 1222 generates CC information representing the band A1 to the UE 14.
  • Band management unit 1222 outputs the generated CC information to radio transmission unit 1215.
  • the data processing unit 123 is a processing unit that performs processing on user data. For example, the data processing unit 123 extracts received user data from the received signal input from the demodulation unit 1213 and transmits the extracted received user data to the counterpart device via the transmission / reception unit 121. The data processing unit 123 outputs the user data received from the counterpart device to the modulation unit 1214 as a transmission signal.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram illustrating the configuration of the HeNB 13a according to the first embodiment.
  • the HeNB 13a illustrated in FIG. 7 corresponds to the HeNBs 13-1, 13-2, and 13-3 illustrated in FIG.
  • the HeNB 13a includes a transmission / reception unit 131, a communication control unit 132, and a data processing unit 133.
  • the transmission / reception unit 131 includes an antenna unit 1311, a wireless reception unit 1312, a demodulation unit 1313, a modulation unit 1314, and a wireless transmission unit 1315.
  • the configuration and processing of the antenna unit 1311, the wireless reception unit 1312, the demodulation unit 1313, the modulation unit 1314, and the wireless transmission unit 1315 are the same as the above-described antenna unit 1211, wireless reception unit 1212, demodulation unit 1213, modulation unit 1214, and wireless transmission.
  • the configuration and processing of the unit 1215 are the same.
  • the configuration and processing of the data processing unit 133 are the same as the configuration and processing of the data processing unit 123 described above.
  • the communication control unit 132 includes a preparation processing unit 1321, a synchronization processing unit 1322, and a bandwidth management unit 1323.
  • CA preparation notification information is input from the demodulation unit 1313 to the preparation processing unit 1321 as a received signal from the eNB 12a.
  • the preparation processing unit 1321 outputs the input CA preparation notification information to the modulation unit 1314 as a transmission signal in the band B1 to the synchronization processing unit 1322 and the UE 14.
  • the preparation processing unit 1321 receives CA preparation confirmation information as a received signal from the UE 14 from the demodulation unit 1313 and outputs the input CA preparation confirmation information to the band management unit 1323.
  • the preparation processing unit 1321 outputs a communication path setting request signal for requesting setting of a communication path between the own device (HeNB 13a) and the counterpart device to the transmission / reception unit 131 as a transmission signal to the MME 15. Good.
  • the CA preparation notification information is output.
  • the preparation processing unit 1221 of the eNB 12a may omit the process of outputting the communication path setting confirmation signal.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1322 performs synchronization processing with the UE 14 after the CA preparation notification information is input from the preparation processing unit 1321.
  • the band related to the synchronization process is a CC (for example, band B1) represented by the CA preparation notification information.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1322 receives the reception signal from the UE 14 received using the CC from the demodulation unit 1213 and extracts the DMRS from the input reception signal.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1322 calculates a delay time that takes the maximum value (peak value) of the cross-correlation between the DMRS stored in advance and the extracted DMRS.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1322 identifies the range of each frame in the received signal from the UE 14, that is, the frame timing, based on the calculated delay time. After the synchronization processing is completed, the synchronization processing unit 1322 outputs a synchronization processing completion signal indicating that the synchronization processing is completed to the band management unit 1323.
  • the band management unit 1323 generates CC information representing a band for communicating with the UE 14 after the synchronization processing completion signal is input from the synchronization processing unit 1322.
  • the bandwidth management unit 1323 outputs CC information related to the downlink to the radio transmission unit 1315 and transmits CC information related to the uplink to the radio reception unit 1312.
  • the band management unit 1323 generates CC information represented by the CA preparation confirmation information input from the preparation processing unit 1321 (for example, the band B1 to the UE 14).
  • Band management section 1323 outputs the generated CC information to radio transmission section 1315.
  • HeNB13a can transmit user data to UE14 using CC of band B1, and can receive from UE14 now.
  • the data processing unit 133 is a processing unit that performs processing on user data.
  • the configuration and processing of the data processing unit 133 are the same as those of the data processing unit 123.
  • FIG. 8 is a sequence diagram illustrating communication processing according to the first embodiment.
  • communication is initially performed between the eNB 12a and the UE 14 using the CC of the band A1 as the PCC.
  • FIG. 8 shows a process until communication is performed between the HeNB 13-1 and the UE 14 using the CC of the band B1 as the SCC.
  • transmission / reception of information between each base station apparatus and the UE will be mainly described, and processing of the transmission / reception unit 121 and the like will be omitted.
  • Step S101a The communication measurement unit 1421 of the UE 14 measures the communication amount of the received signal from the eNB 12, and determines whether or not CA is necessary based on the measured communication amount.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 searches for the HeNB 13 that is different from the band A1 and can use the CC of the unused band B1, based on the synchronization signal included in the received signal from the HeNB 13. To do. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S102a.
  • Step S102a The synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 generates a PI as CA request information for the HeNB 13 (HeNB 13-1 in the example of FIG. 8) detected in Step S101a, and uses the generated PI using the CC of the band A1. It transmits to eNB12. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S103a.
  • Step S103a After receiving the CA request information from the UE 14, the preparation processing unit 1221 of the eNB 12 performs CA preparation processing. For example, the preparation processing unit 1221 transmits to the MME 15 a communication path setting request signal indicating that a communication path between the HeNB 13-1 represented by the received CA request information and the counterpart device is set. After receiving the communication path setting request signal from the MME 15, the preparation processing unit 1221 transmits CA preparation notification information to the HeNB 13-1. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S104a.
  • Step S104a The preparation processing unit 1321 of the HeNB 13-1 transmits the CA preparation notification information received from the eNB 12 to the UE 14 using the CC of the band B1. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S105a.
  • Step S105a After receiving the CA preparation notification information from the HeNB 13-1, the synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 performs synchronization processing on the CC in the band B1 with the HeNB 13-1. After the CA preparation notification information is input from the preparation processing unit 1321, the synchronization processing unit 1322 of the HeNB 13-1 performs synchronization processing on the CC in the band B 1 with the UE 14. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S106a.
  • Step S106a The synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 generates CA preparation confirmation information (ACK), and transmits the generated CA preparation confirmation information to the HeNB 13-1.
  • the band management unit 1323 of the HeNB 13-1 generates CC information indicating the band B1 to the UE 14, and outputs the generated CC information to the radio reception unit 1412 and the radio transmission unit 1415. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S107a.
  • Step S107a The band management unit 1423 of the UE 14 generates CC information indicating the band B1 to the HeNB 13-1, and outputs the generated CC information to the radio reception unit 1412 and the radio transmission unit 1415.
  • the band management unit 1423 of the UE 14 generates CA start information indicating that CA with the HeNB 13-1 has started using the CC of the band B1, and transmits the generated CA start information to the eNB 12 using the CC of the band A1. To do. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S108a.
  • Step S108a The HeNB 13-1 and the UE 14 start communication using the CC of the band B1. That is, the UE 14 receives user data from the counterpart device as a reception signal via the HeNB 13-1 using the CC of the band B1, and transmits user data to the counterpart device as a transmission signal. Thereafter, the process ends.
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart showing the HeNB search process according to the first embodiment.
  • Step S1011a The communication measurement unit 1421 of the UE 14 measures the communication amount with the eNB 12 based on the received signal input from the demodulation unit 1413. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S1012a.
  • Step S1012a The communication measuring unit 1421 determines whether or not CA is necessary based on the measured communication volume. For example, when the measured communication volume is larger than the predetermined communication volume, the communication measurement unit 1421 determines that CA is required. The communication measuring unit 1421 determines that the CA is unnecessary when the measured communication volume is equal to or smaller than the predetermined communication volume. When it is determined that CA is required (step S1012a Y), the process proceeds to step S1013a. If it is determined that the CA is not necessary (step S1012a N), the process ends.
  • Step S1013a The synchronization processing unit 1422 extracts a synchronization signal from the reception signal received from the HeNB 13-1. Based on the extracted synchronization signal, the synchronization processing unit 1422 searches for a HeNB 13 that has a cell where the UE 14 is located and can use a new CC. When a HeNB 13 that can use a new CC has been detected (step S1013a Y), the process proceeds to step S102a (see FIG. 8). When a HeNB 13 that can use a new CC cannot be detected (step S1013a N), the process is terminated.
  • the number of times of performing processing (HeNB search) for detecting the HeNB 13 that can use a new CC is not limited to one.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1422 may repeat the HeNB search until the HeNB 13 is found. However, if the HeNB is not found even after repeating the HeNB search for a predetermined number of times (for example, three times) or for a predetermined time (for example, 30 seconds), the synchronization processing unit 1422 implements CA. Judge that it is not possible. When it is determined that CA cannot be realized, the synchronization processing unit 1422 may repeat the HeNB search after a predetermined time (for example, 180 seconds) has elapsed.
  • a predetermined time for example, 180 seconds
  • the synchronization processing unit 1422 may repeat the HeNB search at a predetermined time interval (for example, 180 seconds). Further, the synchronization processing unit 1422 may stop the HeNB search and output CA impossible information (NACK) to the modulation unit 1414 as a transmission signal to the eNB 12. Note that the synchronization processing unit 1422 may stop the HeNB search when the communication amount measured by the communication measurement unit 1421 does not exceed a predetermined communication amount. In that case, the synchronization processing unit 1422 may not output the CA impossibility information.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 represents requesting CA with the HeNB 13-1, and generates CA request information (CA request command) represented by a command in a specific format.
  • FIG. 10 is a sequence diagram illustrating a modification of the communication process according to the first embodiment.
  • the communication process shown in FIG. 10 is common to the communication process shown in FIG. 8 in that it includes steps S101a and S103a to S108a.
  • the communication process illustrated in FIG. 10 includes step S202a instead of step S102a included in the communication process illustrated in FIG.
  • step S202a is executed after step S101a.
  • Step S202a The synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 generates CA request information for the HeNB 13-1 discovered in Step S101a and represented by a command in a specific format.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1422 transmits the generated CA request information to the eNB 12 using the CC of the band A1. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S103a.
  • Modification 1-2 the CA request information generated by the synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 is added to other command information and transmitted to the eNB 12.
  • the other command information is, for example, quality information generated by the communication measuring unit 1421.
  • the communication measuring unit 1421 may include communication amount information representing the calculated communication amount in the generated quality information.
  • FIG. 11 is a sequence diagram illustrating another modified example of the communication process according to the first embodiment.
  • the communication process shown in FIG. 11 includes steps S101a, S302a, and S103a-S108a.
  • the communication process in FIG. 11 is common to the communication process shown in FIG. 8 in that it includes steps S101a and S103a to S108a.
  • the communication process illustrated in FIG. 11 includes step S302a instead of step S102a included in the communication process illustrated in FIG.
  • step S302a is executed after step S101a.
  • Step S302a The synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 generates CA request information indicating that a CA with the HeNB 13-1 detected in Step S101a is requested, and outputs the generated CA request information to the communication measurement unit 1421.
  • the communication measurement unit 1421 adds the CA request information input from the synchronization processing unit 1422 as a part of the quality information (another command).
  • the communication measurement unit 1421 transmits the CA request information added as part of the quality information to the eNB 12. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S103a.
  • step S103a the preparation processing unit 1221 of the eNB 12 extracts CA request information from the quality information received from the UE 14.
  • Modification 1-3 when the synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 detects a plurality of HeNBs 13 that can use a new CC, one of the detected plurality of HeNBs 13 (for example, the band B1 and the HeNB 13-1) select.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1422 receives, for example, the quality information received from each HeNB 13 from the communication measurement unit 1421, and selects the HeNB 13 (best cell) of the CC having the highest communication quality represented by the input quality information.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1422 generates CA request information for the HeNB 13 of the selected CC, and outputs the generated CA request information to the modulation unit 1414 as a transmission signal to the HeNB 13.
  • FIG. 12 is a sequence diagram illustrating another modified example of the communication process according to the first embodiment.
  • the communication process shown in FIG. 12 includes steps S101a, S401a, and S102a-S108a.
  • the communication process of FIG. 12 is common to the communication process shown in FIG. 8 in that it includes steps S101a to S108a.
  • step S401a is executed after step S101a.
  • Step S401a When a plurality of HeNBs 13 that can use a new CC are detected, the synchronization processing unit 1422 has one HeNB 13 (band B1, HeNB 13-1 in the example of FIG. 12) having the highest communication quality. select. For example, the quality information received from each HeNB 13 from the communication measurement unit 1421 is input to the synchronization processing unit 1422, and the HeNB 13-1 of the CC having the highest communication quality represented by the input quality information is selected as the best cell. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S102a. In step S102a, the synchronization processing unit 1422 generates the PI of the best cell as CA request information, and transmits the generated PI to the eNB 12.
  • the UE 14 determines whether or not CA is necessary based on the information amount of the downlink received signal and performs CA for both the downlink and the uplink. In 1st Embodiment, it is not restricted to this, You may perform CA only for a downlink. In the first embodiment, the UE 14 may determine whether the CA is necessary based on the uplink traffic.
  • the communication measurement unit 1421 performs communication with the connection destination base station apparatus (for example, the eNB 12) based on the transmission signal input from the data processing unit 143 instead of the reception signal input from the demodulation unit 1413. The uplink traffic is calculated. In this case, CA may be performed only for the uplink.
  • the UE 14 may determine whether or not the CA is necessary based on the total communication amount of the uplink communication amount and the downlink communication amount.
  • the communication measurement unit 1421 calculates the total communication amount by adding the downlink communication amount and the uplink communication amount calculated by performing the above-described processing.
  • the communication measuring unit 1421 determines whether or not the CA is necessary based on the calculated total communication amount.
  • the first embodiment relates to a communication system 1 a including the eNB 12, the HeNB 13 having a partial region of the cell 32 as the cell 33, and the UE 14.
  • the UE 14 communicates with the eNB 12 using the frequency band A1
  • the UE 14 includes CA request information indicating that the UE 14 requests communication with the HeNB 13 using the frequency band B1 different from the frequency band A1.
  • the UE 14 transmits the generated request information to the eNB 12. Therefore, in the first embodiment, the UE 14 requests communication between the UE 14 and the HeNB 13-1 that can communicate in the frequency band B1 according to the communication status with the eNB 12 in the frequency band A1, and therefore, the frequency resource utilization efficiency is high. It does not decline.
  • the communication system 2 a relates to a communication system including the eNB 22, the HeNB 13 having a partial region of the cell 32 as the cell 33, and the UE 14.
  • the eNB 22 communicates with the UE 14 using the band A1, generates CA request information indicating that communication between the HeNB 13 and the UE 14 is requested using the band B1 different from the band A1, and transmits the CA request information to the UE 14. .
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram illustrating a communication system 2a according to the second embodiment.
  • the communication system 2a according to the second embodiment includes a RAN 11, an eNB 22, HeNBs 13-1 to 13-3, a UE 14, and an MME 15. That is, the communication system 2a is common to the communication system 1a (see FIG. 4) in that it includes the RAN 11, the HeNBs 13-1 to 13-3, the UE 14, and the MME 15.
  • the communication system 2a differs from the communication system 1a in that an eNB 22 is provided instead of the eNB 12.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram illustrating the configuration of the eNB 22 according to the second embodiment.
  • An eNB 22a illustrated in FIG. 14 corresponds to the eNB 12 illustrated in FIG.
  • the eNB 22 includes a transmission / reception unit 121, a communication control unit 222, and a data processing unit 123.
  • the communication control unit 222 includes a communication measurement unit 2223 in addition to the preparation processing unit 1221 and the bandwidth management unit 1222.
  • the communication measurement unit 2223 determines whether or not CA is necessary based on the communication amount of the received signal received from the UE 14.
  • the communication measurement unit 2223 measures the amount of communication related to communication using the CC in the frequency band A1 with the UE 14 as the connection destination based on the received signal input from the demodulation unit 1213.
  • the communication measuring unit 2223 determines whether the calculated communication amount is larger than a predetermined communication amount. When it is determined that the communication amount is larger than the predetermined communication amount, the communication measurement unit 2223 generates CA request information.
  • the generated CA request information indicates that the eNB 22 requests communication between the HeNB 13 and the UE 14 using a CC in a new band B1 different from the CC band A1 used for communication with the UE 14. Such communication is related to transmission / reception of user data between the UE 14 and the counterpart device.
  • the communication measurement unit 2223 outputs the generated CA request information to the modulation unit 1214 as a transmission signal to the UE 14.
  • the CA request information is input from the demodulation unit 1413 to the synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 as a reception signal from the eNB 22.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1422 executes the above-described HeNB search after the CA request information is input. After completing the HeNB search, the synchronization processing unit 1422 generates CA request confirmation information (ACK) indicating that the CA request information has been received, and transmits the generated CA request confirmation information to the modulation unit 1414 as a transmission signal to the eNB 22. Output. Thereafter, CA request confirmation information is input from the demodulation unit 1213 to the preparation processing unit 1221 of the eNB 22 as a reception signal from the UE 14. Thereafter, the preparation processing unit 1221 performs the CA preparation processing described above.
  • ACK CA request confirmation information
  • FIG. 15 is a sequence diagram illustrating communication processing according to the second embodiment.
  • the communication process shown in FIG. 15 includes steps S501a, S101a, S502a, and S103a-S108a.
  • the communication process of FIG. 15 is common to the communication process shown in FIG. 8 in that it includes steps S101a and S103a to S108a.
  • step S101a is executed after step S501a
  • step S502a is executed after step S101a.
  • Step S501a The communication measurement unit 2223 determines whether or not CA is necessary based on the communication amount of the received signal received from the UE 14. If the communication measurement unit 2223 determines that the communication amount is larger than the predetermined communication amount, the communication measurement unit 2223 generates CA request information and transmits the generated CA request information to the UE 14. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S101a.
  • step S101a the communication measurement unit 1421 of the UE 14 may omit the processing related to the measurement of communication traffic and the necessity determination of CA (see FIG. 9, steps S1011a and S1012a).
  • Step S502a The synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 generates CA request confirmation information after the HeNB search (see FIG. 9, step S1013a) is completed, and transmits the generated CA request confirmation information to the eNB 22. Thereafter, the preparation processing unit 1221 of the eNB 22 receives the CA request confirmation information from the UE 14, and proceeds to Step S103a.
  • step S101a when the synchronization processing unit 1422 detects a plurality of HeNBs 13 that can use a new CC, You may make it select one HeNB13 of CC with the highest communication quality.
  • the case where the eNB 22 determines whether the CA is necessary based on the information amount of the uplink received signal and performs CA for both the uplink and the downlink has been described as an example. In 2nd Embodiment, it is not restricted to this, You may perform CA only for an uplink. In the second embodiment, the eNB 22 may determine whether or not CA is necessary based on the downlink traffic.
  • the communication measurement unit 2223 calculates the downlink communication amount related to the communication with the UE 14 as the connection destination based on the reception signal input from the data processing unit 123 instead of the reception signal input from the demodulation unit 1213. calculate. In this case, CA may be performed only for the downlink.
  • the eNB 22 may determine whether the CA is necessary based on the total communication amount of the uplink communication amount and the downlink communication amount.
  • the communication measurement unit 2223 calculates the total communication amount by adding the downlink communication amount and the uplink communication amount calculated by performing the above-described processing.
  • the communication measuring unit 2223 determines whether or not CA is necessary based on the calculated total traffic.
  • the second embodiment relates to a communication system 2 a including the eNB 22, the HeNB 13 whose partial area of the cell 32 is the cell 33, and the UE 14.
  • the eNB 22 communicates with the UE 14 using the frequency band A1, and the eNB 22 requests the communication between the HeNB 13 and the UE 14 using the frequency band B1 different from the frequency band A1.
  • the eNB 22 transmits the generated CA request information to the UE 14. Therefore, in the second embodiment, the eNB 22 requests communication using the UE 14 and the frequency band B1 in accordance with the communication status with the UE 14 in the frequency band A1, so that the use efficiency of the frequency resource does not decrease.
  • FIG. 16A and 16B are conceptual diagrams showing an example of a frequency band used for data transmission / reception.
  • the horizontal axis represents frequency.
  • FIG. 16A shows that the HeNB 13-1 transmits data to the UE 14 using the PCC in the band B2 before the CA process.
  • FIG. 16B shows that, after CA processing, the HeNB 13-1 transmits data to the UE 14 using the PCC (Primary Component Carrier) of the band B2 to the UE 14, and at the same time, the eNB 12 transmits an SCC (Secondary Component) of the band A2 to the UE 14. (Carrier, secondary component carrier) represents data transmission.
  • PCC Primary Component Carrier
  • CA refers to virtually expanding the frequency band by simultaneously using a plurality of CCs for communication with the same counterpart device.
  • CA may also refer to communication using an expanded frequency band.
  • the band used from the beginning before expanding the band between the HeNB (small base station apparatus) 13-1 and the UE (mobile station apparatus) 14 is the band B2 (first frequency band). is there.
  • the band A2 (second frequency band) is there.
  • CA is to aggregate the band B2 (first frequency band) and the band A2 (second frequency band) and perform communication between the UE 14 and the counterpart device.
  • the CCs to be aggregated may be frequency bands that are separated from each other as shown in FIGS. 16A and 16B, or may be frequency bands that are adjacent to each other.
  • the band of each CC may be any band (for example, any one of 800 MHz, 2.4 GHz, and 3.4 GHz).
  • the bandwidth of each CC may be any bandwidth (for example, any of 1.4 MHz, 3 MHz, 5 MHz, 10 MHz, 15 MHz, and 20 MHz). Further, the bandwidth and center frequency of each CC may be different between the uplink and the downlink.
  • the PCC is a frequency band serving as a reference for measurement control such as reception quality performed by the UE 14, detection of a downlink radio link failure, and transmission of an uplink control channel, for example.
  • the PCC is a main band assigned to each UE.
  • the SCC is a frequency band assigned to the UE other than the PCC.
  • System information to be described later may include information representing PCC and information representing SCC used for communication with the UE 14 for each base station apparatus.
  • the number of CCs to be aggregated is not limited to two, and may be an integer greater than one (for example, three).
  • the number of SCCs is not limited to one, and may be an integer greater than one.
  • FIG. 17 is a conceptual diagram illustrating another example of a frequency band used for data transmission / reception. In FIG. 17, the horizontal axis represents frequency. In the example shown in FIG. 17, the number of CCs used is three. Of the three, one is a PCC in the band B2 used in communication between the HeNB 13-1 and the UE. The other two are SCCs used in communication between the eNB 12 and the UE 14. The bands of the two SCCs are bands A2 and C2.
  • the communication measurement unit 1421 measures the communication amount and communication quality related to communication with each connection destination base station device (for example, the HeNB 13-1) based on the received signal input from the demodulation unit 1413. For example, the communication measuring unit 1421 calculates the amount of information (communication amount) per unit time (for example, 10 ms) of the received signal. The communication measuring unit 1421 determines whether the calculated communication amount is greater than a predetermined communication amount (for example, r times the communication amount that can be transmitted by the CC being used, where r is a positive real number smaller than 1). Judge. When it is determined that the communication amount is larger than the predetermined communication amount, the communication measurement unit 1421 generates a CA determination signal indicating that it is determined that CA is required, and outputs the generated CA determination signal to the synchronization processing unit 1422. .
  • a predetermined communication amount for example, r times the communication amount that can be transmitted by the CC being used, where r is a positive real number smaller than 1).
  • the communication measurement unit 1421 extracts a synchronization signal from the received signal received from the base station apparatus (for example, in the frequency band B2 from the HeNB 13-1), and generates quality information based on the extracted synchronization signal.
  • the quality information includes, for example, information indicating a signal-to-interference noise ratio (SINR, Signal to Interference Ratio).
  • SINR Signal to Interference Noise ratio
  • the communication measurement unit 1421 outputs the generated quality information to the modulation unit 1414 as a transmission signal to the connected base station apparatus.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1422 extracts the synchronization signal from the reception signal input from the demodulation unit 1413, and the UE 14 is located in the cell based on the extracted synchronization signal.
  • the eNB 12 that can use the new CC is detected.
  • the new CC is a CC different from the CC (for example, the band B2) used for transmitting and receiving user data with the communicating base station apparatus.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1422 determines that the base station identification information (cell ID) represented by the extracted synchronization signal is base station identification information representing the eNB 12 (eNB search, cell search).
  • the synchronization processing unit 1422 extracts system information from the received signal input from the demodulation unit 1413.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1422 reads a CC that is not used for transmission / reception among CCs related to the eNB among the extracted system information as a new CC (for example, the band A2) (band detection).
  • a new CC for example, the band A2
  • the eNB that can use the CC is the eNB 12.
  • the new CC may be a band other than the band A2, and the eNB related to the CC is not limited to the eNB 12.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1422 generates CA request information indicating that a CA is requested to the eNB 12 that can use the CC of the new band A2. Synchronization processing section 1422 outputs CA request information to modulation section 1414 as a transmission signal to HeNB 13-1.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1422 may generate a PI (Proximity Indicator) as an example of CA request information.
  • the PI is, for example, information (location information) indicating that the UE 14 is in the cell 32 of the eNB 12 that performs communication using the CC of the band A2.
  • the PI generated by the synchronization processing unit 1422 is, for example, entering proximity indication, that is, information indicating that the UE 14 has entered the cell 32.
  • Synchronization processing section 1422 outputs the generated PI to modulation section 1414 as a transmission signal to HeNB 13-1.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1422 performs synchronization processing with the eNB 12 when the CA preparation notification information is input from the demodulation unit 1413 as a reception signal in the band B2 from the HeNB 13-1.
  • the CA preparation notification information is information for notifying that the HeNB 13-1 and the eNB 12 perform processing related to CA preparation.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1422 detects the PSS from the synchronization signal received in the band A2, for example, and detects the relative position (offset amount) of the SSS from the PSS.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1422 detects the SSS at the detected position, and identifies the range of each frame in the received signal from the eNB 12, that is, the frame timing, based on the detected position of the SSS.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1422 After completing the synchronization process, the synchronization processing unit 1422 generates CA preparation confirmation information (ACK), and outputs the generated CA preparation confirmation information to the modulation unit 1414 as a transmission signal to the HeNB 13-1.
  • the CA preparation confirmation information is information indicating that the CA preparation process has been completed.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1422 generates a synchronization processing completion signal indicating that the synchronization processing has been completed for the band A2, and outputs the generated synchronization processing completion signal to the band management unit 1423.
  • Band management unit 1423 generates CC information indicating a band for communicating with the base station apparatus.
  • Band management section 1423 outputs CC information related to the downlink to radio reception section 1412, and outputs CC information related to the uplink to radio transmission section 1415.
  • the bandwidth management unit 1423 generates CC information representing the bandwidth A2 to the eNB 12 based on the synchronization processing completion signal input from the synchronization processing unit 1422.
  • Band management section 1423 outputs the generated CC information to radio reception section 1412 and radio transmission section 1415.
  • UE14 comes to be able to receive user data from eNB12 using CC of zone
  • the band management unit 1423 generates CA start information indicating that CA to the eNB 12 has started using the CC of the band A2.
  • Band management section 1423 outputs CA start information generated as a transmission signal to eNB 12 to modulation section 1414.
  • the data processing unit 143 is a processing unit that performs processing on user data.
  • the data processing unit 143 executes applications such as voice communication and data communication, for example.
  • the data processing unit 143 extracts reception user data from the reception signal input from the demodulation unit 1413, and performs processing related to the extracted reception user data.
  • the data processing unit 143 outputs the transmission user data to the modulation unit 1414 as a transmission signal.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram illustrating the configuration of the HeNB 13b according to the third embodiment.
  • the HeNB 13b illustrated in FIG. 19 corresponds to the HeNBs 13-1, 13-2, and 13-3 illustrated in FIG.
  • the HeNB 13b includes a transmission / reception unit 131, a communication control unit 132, and a data processing unit 133.
  • the transmission / reception unit 131 includes an antenna unit 1311, a wireless reception unit 1312, a demodulation unit 1313, a modulation unit 1314, and a wireless transmission unit 1315.
  • the antenna unit 1311 outputs the radio frequency reception signal received from the UE 14 to the radio reception unit 1312.
  • the antenna unit 1311 transmits the radio frequency transmission signal input from the radio transmission unit 1315 to the UE 14 as a radio wave.
  • the radio reception unit 1312 generates a modulated reception signal by down-converting the radio frequency reception signal input from the antenna unit 1311 to the base frequency band.
  • the processing performed by the wireless reception unit 1312 is the same as the processing performed by the wireless reception unit 1412.
  • the wireless reception unit 1312 outputs the generated modulated reception signal to the demodulation unit 1313.
  • the demodulation unit 1313 demodulates the modulated reception signal input from the wireless reception unit 1312 and generates a reception signal.
  • the demodulation unit 1313 outputs the generated reception signal to the communication control unit 132 and the data processing unit 133.
  • the processing performed by the demodulation unit 1313 is the same as that of the demodulation unit 1413.
  • the modulation unit 1314 modulates the transmission signal input from the communication control unit 132 and the data processing unit 133 to generate a modulated transmission signal.
  • the process performed by the modulation unit 1314 is the same as that of the modulation unit 1414.
  • Modulation section 1314 outputs the generated modulated transmission signal to radio transmission section 1315.
  • Radio transmission section 1315 upconverts the modulated transmission signal input from modulation section 1314 from the base frequency band to the radio frequency band, and generates a radio frequency transmission signal.
  • the process performed by the wireless transmission unit 1315 is the same as that of the wireless transmission unit 1415.
  • Radio transmission section 1315 outputs the generated radio frequency transmission signal to antenna section 1311.
  • the transmission / reception unit 131 transmits a transmission signal to the eNB 12 or the MME 15 input from the communication control unit 132 or the data processing unit 133 to the eNB 12 or the MME 15 through the backbone network (not shown).
  • the transmission / reception unit 131 outputs a reception signal received from the eNB 12 or the MME 15 through the backbone network to the communication control unit 132 or the data processing unit 133 (not shown).
  • the communication control unit 132 includes a preparation processing unit 1321 and a bandwidth management unit 1322.
  • the preparation processing unit 1321 communicates with the eNB 12 that communicates with the UE 14 using the CC (for example, the band A2) represented by the CA request information. CA preparation processing is performed between them.
  • the preparation processing unit 1321 outputs a communication path setting request signal indicating that a communication path between the eNB 12 and the counterpart device is requested to the transmission / reception unit 131 as a transmission signal to the MME 15.
  • the preparation processing unit 1321 identifies the eNB 12 using the CA request information.
  • a communication path setting confirmation signal corresponding to the above-described communication path setting request signal is input from the transmission / reception unit 131 as a reception signal from the MME 15. Then, the preparation processing unit 1321 outputs the input CA request information to the transmission / reception unit 131 as a transmission signal to the eNB 12.
  • the preparation processing unit 1321 receives, from the transmission / reception unit 131, the CA preparation notification information for notifying that processing related to preparation for performing communication with the UE 14 using the CC represented by the CA request information is performed. .
  • the preparation processing unit 1321 outputs the input CA preparation notification information to the modulation unit 1314 as a transmission signal to the UE 14.
  • the preparation processing unit 1321 receives CA preparation confirmation information from the demodulation unit 1313 as a reception signal from the UE 14.
  • the band management unit 1322 generates CC information indicating a band for communicating with the UE 14.
  • the bandwidth management unit 1322 outputs downlink CC information to the radio transmission unit 1315 and transmits uplink CC information to the radio reception unit 1312. For example, when performing communication by transmitting user data to the UE 14 in the band B2, the band management unit 1322 generates CC information representing the band B2 to the UE 14.
  • Band management section 1322 outputs the generated CC information to radio transmission section 1315.
  • the data processing unit 133 is a processing unit that performs processing on user data. For example, the data processing unit 133 extracts user data from the reception signal input from the demodulation unit 1313, and transmits the extracted user data to the counterpart device via the transmission / reception unit 131. The data processing unit 133 outputs user data received from the counterpart device to the modulation unit 1314 as a transmission signal.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram illustrating the configuration of the eNB 12b according to the third embodiment.
  • An eNB 12b illustrated in FIG. 20 corresponds to the eNB 12 illustrated in FIG.
  • the eNB 12b includes a transmission / reception unit 121, a communication control unit 122, and a data processing unit 123.
  • the transmission / reception unit 121 includes an antenna unit 1211, a wireless reception unit 1212, a demodulation unit 1213, a modulation unit 1214, and a wireless transmission unit 1215.
  • the configuration and processing of the antenna unit 1211, the wireless reception unit 1212, the demodulation unit 1213, the modulation unit 1214, and the wireless transmission unit 1215 are the same as the above-described antenna unit 1311, wireless reception unit 1312, demodulation unit 1313, modulation unit 1314, and wireless transmission.
  • the configuration and processing of the unit 1315 are the same.
  • the configuration and processing of the data processing unit 123 are the same as the configuration and processing of the data processing unit 133 described above.
  • the communication control unit 122 includes a preparation processing unit 1221, a synchronization processing unit 1222, and a bandwidth management unit 1223.
  • CA request information is input from the demodulation unit 1213 to the preparation processing unit 1221 as a reception signal from the HeNB 13b.
  • the preparation processing unit 1221 outputs the input CA request information to the synchronization processing unit 1222. Thereafter, the preparation processing unit 1221 generates CA preparation notification information, and outputs the generated CA preparation notification information to the modulation unit 1214 as a transmission signal to the HeNB 13b.
  • the preparation processing unit 1221 outputs a communication path setting request signal for requesting setting of a communication path between the own apparatus (eNB 12b) and the counterpart apparatus to the transmission / reception unit 121 as a transmission signal to the MME 15. Good.
  • the preparation processing unit 1321 of the HeNB 13b may omit the process of outputting the communication path setting confirmation signal.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1222 performs synchronization processing with the UE 14 after the CA request information is input from the preparation processing unit 1221.
  • the band related to the synchronization process is a CC (for example, band A2) represented by the CA request information.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1222 receives the reception signal from the UE 14 received using the CC from the demodulation unit 1213 and extracts the DMRS from the input reception signal.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1222 calculates a delay time that takes the maximum value (peak value) of the cross-correlation between the DMRS stored in advance and the extracted DMRS.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1222 identifies the range of each frame in the received signal from the UE 14, that is, the frame timing, based on the calculated delay time.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1222 outputs a synchronization processing completion signal indicating that the synchronization processing is completed to the band management unit 1223 after the synchronization processing is completed.
  • the bandwidth management unit 1223 generates CC information indicating a bandwidth for communicating with the UE 14.
  • Band management section 1223 outputs CC information related to the downlink to radio transmission section 1215 and transmits CC information related to the uplink to radio reception section 1212.
  • CA start information is input from the demodulation unit 1213 as a received signal from the UE 14
  • the band management unit 1223 generates CC information represented by the CA start information (for example, the band A2 to the UE 14).
  • the bandwidth management unit 1223 outputs the generated CC information to the wireless reception unit 1212 and the wireless transmission unit 1215.
  • eNB12b can transmit user data to UE14 using CC of zone
  • the bandwidth management unit 1223 may generate CC information after the synchronization processing completion signal is input from the synchronization processing unit 1222, and output the generated CC information to the wireless reception unit 1212 and the wireless transmission unit 1215.
  • the band management unit 1223 generates CA start information, and outputs the generated CA start information to the modulation unit 1214 as a transmission signal to the UE 14.
  • eNB12b transmits CA start information to UE14.
  • the UE 14 can omit transmitting the CA start information to the eNB 12b.
  • the data processing unit 123 is a processing unit that performs processing on user data.
  • the configuration and processing of the data processing unit 123 is the same as that of the data processing unit 133.
  • FIG. 21 is a sequence diagram illustrating communication processing according to the third embodiment.
  • communication is initially performed between the HeNB 13-1 and the UE 14 using the CC of the band B2 as the PCC.
  • FIG. 21 illustrates a process until communication is performed between the eNB 12 and the UE 14 using the CC of the band A2 as the SCC.
  • transmission / reception of information between each base station apparatus and the UE will be mainly described, and processing of the transmission / reception unit 121 and the like will be omitted.
  • Step S101b The communication measurement unit 1421 of the UE 14 measures the communication amount of the received signal from the HeNB 13-1, and determines whether the CA is necessary based on the measured communication amount.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 searches for an eNB that is different from the band B2 and can use the CC of the unused band A2 based on the synchronization signal included in the received signal from the eNB 12 To do. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S102b.
  • Step S102b The synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 generates a PI as CA request information for the eNB 12 detected in Step S101b, and transmits the generated PI to the HeNB 13-1 using the CC of the band B2. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S103b.
  • Step S103b The preparation processing unit 1321 of the HeNB 13-1 receives the CA request information from the UE 14, and then performs CA preparation processing. For example, the preparation processing unit 1321 transmits a communication path setting request signal indicating that a communication path between the eNB 12 and the counterpart apparatus represented by the received CA request information is set to the MME 15 (not shown). The preparation processing unit 1321 transmits the received CA request information to the eNB 12 after receiving the communication path setting confirmation signal from the MME 15. The preparation processing unit 1221 of the eNB 12 outputs the CA request information received from the HeNB 13-1 to the synchronization processing unit 1222. The preparation processing unit 1221 generates CA preparation notification information and transmits the generated CA preparation notification information to the HeNB 13-1. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S104b.
  • Step S104b The preparation processing unit 1321 of the HeNB 13-1 transmits the CA preparation notification information received from the eNB 12 to the UE 14. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S105b.
  • Step S105b After receiving the CA preparation notification information from the eNB 12, the synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 performs a synchronization process on the CC in the band A2 with the eNB 12. After the CA request information is input from the preparation processing unit 1221, the synchronization processing unit 1222 of the eNB 12 performs synchronization processing on the CC in the band A ⁇ b> 2 with the UE 14. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S106b.
  • Step S106b The synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 generates a synchronization processing completion signal, and outputs the generated synchronization processing completion signal to the band management unit 1423.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 generates CA preparation confirmation information (ACK), and transmits the generated CA preparation confirmation information to the HeNB 13-1.
  • the preparation processing unit 1321 of the HeNB 13-1 receives CA preparation confirmation information from the UE. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S107b.
  • Step S107b After the synchronization processing management signal is input from the synchronization processing unit 1422, the band management unit 1423 of the UE 14 generates CC information indicating the band A2 to the eNB 12, and the generated CC information is transmitted to the radio reception unit 1412 and The data is output to the wireless transmission unit 1415.
  • the band management unit 1423 generates CA start information indicating that CA with the eNB 12 has started using the CC of the band A2, and transmits the generated CA start information to the eNB 12 using the CC of the band A2.
  • the band management unit 1223 of the eNB 12 generates CC information indicating the band A2 to the UE 14, and outputs the generated CC information to the radio reception unit 1212 and the radio transmission unit 1215. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S108b.
  • Step S108b The eNB 12 and the UE 14 start communication using the CC of the band A2. That is, the UE 14 receives user data from the counterpart device as a reception signal via the eNB 12 using the CC of the band A2, and transmits user data to the counterpart device as a transmission signal. Thereafter, the process ends.
  • FIG. 22 is a flowchart showing eNB search processing according to the third embodiment.
  • Step S1011b The communication measurement unit 1421 of the UE 14 measures the communication amount with the HeNB 13-1 based on the received signal input from the demodulation unit 1413. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S1012b.
  • Step S1012b The communication measuring unit 1421 determines whether or not CA is necessary based on the measured communication volume. For example, when the measured communication volume is larger than the predetermined communication volume, the communication measurement unit 1421 determines that CA is required. The communication measuring unit 1421 determines that the CA is unnecessary when the measured communication volume is equal to or smaller than the predetermined communication volume. When it is determined that CA is required (step S1012b Y), the process proceeds to step S1013b. If it is determined that the CA is not necessary (step S1012b N), the process is terminated.
  • Step S1013b The synchronization processing unit 1422 extracts a synchronization signal from the received signal received from the eNB 12. Based on the extracted synchronization signal, the synchronization processing unit 1422 searches for an eNB 12 that has a cell where the UE 14 is located and can use a new CC. When the eNB 12 that can use the new CC has been detected (step S1013b Y), the process proceeds to step S102b (see FIG. 21). When the eNB 12 that can use the new CC cannot be detected (step S1013b, N), the process ends.
  • the number of times that the synchronization processing unit 1422 performs the process (eNB search) for detecting the eNB 12 that can use the new CC is not limited to one.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1422 may repeat the eNB search until the eNB 12 is found. However, if the eNB is not found even after repeating the eNB search for a predetermined number of times (for example, three times) or for a predetermined time (for example, 30 seconds), the synchronization processing unit 1422 realizes the CA. Judge that it is not possible. When it is determined that CA cannot be realized, the synchronization processing unit 1422 may repeat the eNB search after a predetermined time (for example, 180 seconds) has elapsed.
  • a predetermined time for example, 180 seconds
  • the synchronization processing unit 1422 may repeat the eNB search at a predetermined time interval (for example, 180 seconds). Further, the synchronization processing unit 1422 may stop the eNB search and output CA impossible information (NACK) to the modulation unit 1414 as a transmission signal to the HeNB 13-1. Note that the synchronization processing unit 1422 may stop the eNB search when the communication amount measured by the communication measurement unit 1421 does not exceed a predetermined communication amount. In that case, the synchronization processing unit 1422 may not output the CA impossibility information.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 represents requesting CA with the eNB 12, and generates CA request information (CA request command) represented by a command in a specific format.
  • FIG. 23 is a sequence diagram illustrating a modification of the communication process according to the third embodiment.
  • the communication process shown in FIG. 23 is common to the communication process shown in FIG. 21 in that it includes steps S101b and S103b-S108b.
  • the communication process illustrated in FIG. 23 includes step S202b instead of step S102b included in the communication process illustrated in FIG.
  • step S202b is executed after step S101b.
  • Step S202b The synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 generates CA request information that is CA request information for the eNB 12 discovered in Step S101b and represented by a command in a specific format.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1422 transmits the generated CA request information to the HeNB 13-1 using the CC of the band B2. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S103b.
  • Modification 3-2 the CA request information generated by the synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 is added to other command information and transmitted to the HeNB 13-1.
  • the other command information is, for example, quality information generated by the communication measuring unit 1421.
  • the communication measuring unit 1421 may include communication amount information representing the calculated communication amount in the generated quality information.
  • FIG. 24 is a sequence diagram illustrating another modification of the communication process according to the third embodiment.
  • the communication process shown in FIG. 24 is common to the communication process shown in FIG. 21 in that it includes steps S101b and S103b-S108b.
  • the communication process illustrated in FIG. 24 includes step S302b instead of step S102b included in the communication process illustrated in FIG.
  • step S302b is executed after step S101b.
  • Step S302b The synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 generates CA request information indicating that a CA is requested with the eNB 12 detected in Step S101b, and outputs the generated CA request information to the communication measurement unit 1421.
  • the communication measurement unit 1421 adds the CA request information input from the synchronization processing unit 1422 as a part of the quality information (another command).
  • the communication measurement unit 1421 transmits the CA request information added as part of the quality information to the HeNB 13-1. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S103b.
  • step S103b the preparation processing unit 1321 of the HeNB 13-1 extracts CA request information from the quality information received from the UE 14.
  • Modification 3-3 when the synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 detects a plurality of eNBs 12 that can use a new CC, the synchronization processing unit 1422 selects one of the detected plurality of eNBs 12 (for example, the band A2 and the eNB 12). For example, the quality information received from each eNB from the communication measurement unit 1421 is input to the synchronization processing unit 1422, and the eNB 12 (best cell) of the CC having the highest communication quality represented by the input quality information is selected. The synchronization processing unit 1422 generates CA request information for the eNB 12 of the selected CC, and outputs the generated CA request information to the modulation unit 1414 as a transmission signal to the eNB 12.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1422 selects one of the detected plurality of eNBs 12 (for example, the band A2 and the eNB 12). For example, the quality information received from each eNB from the communication measurement unit 1421 is input to the synchronization processing unit 14
  • FIG. 25 is a sequence diagram illustrating another modification of the communication process according to the third embodiment.
  • the communication process shown in FIG. 25 includes steps S101b, S401b, and S102b-S108b.
  • the communication process of FIG. 25 is common to the communication process shown in FIG. 21 in that it includes steps S101b to S108b. However, step S401b is executed after step S101b.
  • Step S401b When a plurality of eNBs that can use a new CC are detected, the synchronization processing unit 1422 selects one eNB 12 (band A2 in the example of FIG. 25) having the highest communication quality. For example, the quality information received from each eNB from the communication measurement unit 1421 is input to the synchronization processing unit 1422, and the eNB 12 of the CC having the highest communication quality represented by the input quality information is selected as the best cell. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S102b. In step S102b, the synchronization processing unit 1422 generates the PI of the best cell as CA request information, and transmits the generated PI to the HeNB 13-1.
  • the case has been described as an example where the UE 14 determines whether or not the CA is necessary based on the information amount of the downlink received signal, and performs CA for both the downlink and the uplink.
  • the UE 14 may determine whether or not CA is necessary based on the uplink traffic.
  • the communication measurement unit 1421 communicates with the connection destination base station apparatus (for example, the HeNB 13-1) based on the transmission signal input from the data processing unit 143 instead of the reception signal input from the demodulation unit 1413. The amount of uplink communication related to communication is calculated.
  • CA may be performed only for the uplink.
  • the UE 14 may determine whether or not the CA is necessary based on the total communication amount of the uplink communication amount and the downlink communication amount.
  • the communication measurement unit 1421 calculates the total communication amount by adding the downlink communication amount and the uplink communication amount calculated by performing the above-described processing.
  • the communication measuring unit 1421 determines whether or not the CA is necessary based on the calculated total communication amount.
  • the third embodiment relates to a communication system 1b including the eNB 12, the HeNB 13 whose partial area of the cell 32 is the cell 33, and the UE.
  • the UE 14 communicates with the HeNB 12 using the frequency band B2, and the UE 14 transmits CA request information indicating that communication with the eNB 12 is requested using the frequency band A2 different from the frequency band B2.
  • UE14 transmits the produced
  • the communication system 2b according to the fourth embodiment relates to a communication system including the eNB 12, the HeNBs 23-1 to 23-3 having the partial region of the cell 32 as the cell 33, and the UE.
  • the HeNBs 23-1 to 23-3 may be collectively referred to as the HeNB 23.
  • the HeNB 23 communicates with the UE 14 using the band B2, generates CA request information indicating that communication between the eNB 12 and the UE 14 is requested using the band A2 different from the band B2, and transmits the CA request information to the UE 14. .
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram illustrating a communication system 2b according to the fourth embodiment.
  • a communication system 2b according to the fourth embodiment includes a RAN 11, an eNB 12, HeNBs 23-1 to 23-3, a UE 14, and an MME 15. That is, the communication system 2b is common to the communication system 1a (see FIG. 4) in that it includes the RAN 11, the eNB 12, the UE 14, and the MME 15.
  • the communication system 2b is different from the communication system 1a in that HeNBs 23-1 to 23-3 are provided instead of the HeNBs 13-1 to 13-3.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram illustrating the configuration of the HeNB 23 according to the fourth embodiment.
  • the HeNB 23 illustrated in FIG. 27 corresponds to the HeNBs 13-1, 13-2, and 13-3 illustrated in FIG.
  • the HeNB 23 includes a transmission / reception unit 131, a communication control unit 232, and a data processing unit 133.
  • the communication control unit 232 further includes a communication measurement unit 2323 in addition to the preparation processing unit 1321 and the bandwidth management unit 1322.
  • the communication measurement unit 2323 determines whether or not CA is necessary based on the communication amount of the received signal received from the UE 14.
  • the communication measurement unit 2323 measures a communication amount related to communication with the connection destination UE 14 based on the reception signal input from the demodulation unit 1213.
  • the communication measuring unit 2323 determines whether the calculated communication amount is larger than a predetermined communication amount. When it is determined that the communication amount is larger than the predetermined communication amount, the communication measurement unit 2323 generates CA request information.
  • the generated CA request information indicates that the HeNB 23 requests communication between the eNB 12 and the UE 14 using a CC of a new band A2 different from the CC band B2 used for communication with the UE 14. Such communication is related to transmission / reception of user data between the UE 14 and the counterpart device.
  • the communication measurement unit 2323 outputs the generated CA request information to the modulation unit 1314 as a transmission signal to the UE 14.
  • CA request information is input from the demodulator 1413 to the synchronization processor 1422 of the UE 14 as a received signal from the HeNB 23.
  • the synchronization processing unit 1422 performs the above-described eNB search after the CA request information is input. After the eNB search is completed, the synchronization processing unit 1422 generates CA request confirmation information (ACK) indicating that the CA request information has been received, and the generated CA request confirmation information is transmitted to the modulation unit 1414 as a transmission signal to the HeNB 23. Output. Thereafter, CA request confirmation information is input from the demodulation unit 1313 to the preparation processing unit 1321 of the HeNB 23 as a reception signal from the UE 14. Thereafter, the preparation processing unit 1321 performs the CA preparation processing described above.
  • ACK CA request confirmation information
  • FIG. 28 is a sequence diagram illustrating communication processing according to the fourth embodiment.
  • the communication process shown in FIG. 28 includes steps S501b, S101b, S502b, and S103b-S108b.
  • the communication process of FIG. 28 is common to the communication process shown in FIG. 21 in that steps S101b and S103b-S108b are included.
  • step S101b is executed after step S501b
  • step S502b is executed after step S101b.
  • Step S501b The communication measuring unit 2323 determines whether or not CA is necessary based on the communication amount of the received signal received from the UE 14. When it is determined that the communication amount is larger than the predetermined communication amount, the communication measurement unit 2323 generates CA request information and transmits the generated CA request information to the UE 14. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S101b.
  • step S101b the communication measurement unit 1421 of the UE 14 omits the measurement of the traffic volume, and the communication measurement unit 1421 of the UE 14 omits the process related to the traffic volume measurement and the CA necessity determination (see FIG. 22, steps S1011b and S1012b). Also good.
  • Step S502b After completing the eNB search (see FIG. 22, step S1013b), the synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 generates CA request confirmation information, and transmits the generated CA request confirmation information to the HeNB 23-1.
  • the preparation processing unit 1321 of the HeNB 23-1 receives CA request confirmation information from the UE 14. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S103b.
  • step S101b the synchronization processing unit 1422 detects that a plurality of eNBs 12 that can use a new CC are detected. May select one eNB 12 of the CC with the highest communication quality.
  • the HeNB 23 determines whether the CA is necessary based on the information amount of the uplink received signal and performs CA for both the uplink and the downlink.
  • the HeNB 23 may determine whether or not the CA is necessary based on the downlink traffic.
  • the communication measurement unit 2323 determines the downlink communication amount related to the communication with the UE 14 as the connection destination based on the reception signal input from the data processing unit 133 instead of the reception signal input from the demodulation unit 1313. calculate.
  • CA may be performed only for the downlink.
  • the HeNB 23 may determine whether or not the CA is necessary based on the total communication amount of the uplink communication amount and the downlink communication amount.
  • the communication measurement unit 2323 calculates the total communication amount by adding the downlink communication amount and the uplink communication amount calculated by performing the above-described processing.
  • the communication measurement unit 2323 determines whether or not the CA is necessary based on the calculated total communication amount.
  • the fourth embodiment relates to a communication system 2b including the eNB 12, the HeNB 23 whose cell 33 is a partial region of the cell 32, and the UE 14.
  • the HeNB 23 communicates with the UE 14 using the frequency band B2, and the HeNB 23 requests a communication between the HeNB 23 and the UE 14 using the frequency band A2 different from the frequency band B2. Generate information.
  • the HeNB 23 transmits the generated CA request information to the UE 14. Therefore, in the fourth embodiment, the HeNB 23 requests communication using the UE 14 and the frequency band A2 according to the communication status with the UE 14 in the frequency band B2, so that the use efficiency of the frequency resource does not decrease.
  • the communication measurement unit 2223, the preparation processing unit 1321, the synchronization processing unit 1322, the bandwidth management unit 1323, the communication measurement unit 1421, the synchronization processing unit 1422, and the bandwidth management unit 1423 may be realized by a computer.
  • the program for realizing the control function may be recorded on a computer-readable recording medium, and the program recorded on the recording medium may be read by a computer system and executed.
  • the “computer system” here is a computer system built in the eNB 12, 12a, 22, HeNB 13-1, 13-2, 13-3, 13a, 23, or the UE 14, and includes an OS and peripheral devices. Including hardware.
  • the “computer-readable recording medium” refers to a storage device such as a flexible medium, a magneto-optical disk, a portable medium such as a ROM or a CD-ROM, and a hard disk incorporated in a computer system.
  • the “computer-readable recording medium” is a medium that dynamically holds a program for a short time, such as a communication line when transmitting a program via a network such as the Internet or a communication line such as a telephone line,
  • a volatile memory inside a computer system serving as a server or a client may be included and a program that holds a program for a certain time.
  • the program may be a program for realizing a part of the functions described above, and may be a program capable of realizing the functions described above in combination with a program already recorded in a computer system.
  • a part or all of the eNBs 12, 12a, 22, HeNBs 13-1, 13-2, 13-3, 13a, or the UE 14 in the first to fourth embodiments described above are integrated into LSI (Large Scale Integration) or the like. It may be realized as an integrated circuit. Each functional block of the eNBs 12, 12a, 22, HeNBs 13-1, 13-2, 13-3, 13a, and the UE 14 may be individually made into a processor, or a part or all of them may be integrated into a processor. . Further, the method of circuit integration is not limited to LSI, and may be realized by a dedicated circuit or a general-purpose processor. Further, in the case where an integrated circuit technology that replaces LSI appears due to progress in semiconductor technology, an integrated circuit based on the technology may be used.
  • the present invention can be applied to a communication system, a mobile station apparatus, a base station apparatus, a communication method, and the like that do not reduce the use efficiency of frequency resources.
  • Wireless receiver 1313: Demodulator, 1314... Modulation unit, 1315 ... Wireless transmission unit, 132: Communication control unit, 1321 ... Preparation processing unit, 1322 ... synchronization processing unit, 1323 Bandwidth management unit, 2323: Communication measuring unit, 133: Data processing unit, 14 ... UE, 141... Transceiver unit, 1411 ... Antenna portion, 1412 ... Wireless receiver, 1413 ... demodulator, 1414: modulation unit; 1415 ... wireless transmission unit, 142 ... communication control unit, 1421 ... Communication measuring unit, 1422 ... synchronization processing unit, 1423 ... Bandwidth management unit, 143 Data processing unit, 15 ... MME

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

This communication system is provided with a macrocell base station device, a compact base station device that sets a region of part of the cell of the macrocell base station device as a cell, and a mobile station device. The mobile station device is provided with: a transmission/reception unit that uses a first frequency band to communicate with the macrocell base station device or the compact base station device; and a communication control unit that uses a second frequency band that is different from the first frequency band to generate request information indicating that communication with the compact base station device or the macrocell base station device with which communication is not being performed by the transmission/reception unit is requested, and transmits the request information to the macrocell base station device or the compact base station device with which communication is being performed by the transmission/reception unit.

Description

通信システム、移動局装置、基地局装置及び通信方法COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD
 本発明は、通信システム、移動局装置、基地局装置及び通信方法に関する。
 本願は、2012年3月21日に、日本に出願された特願2012-063884号と、2012年3月21日に、日本に出願された特願2012-063885号とに基づき優先権を主張し、その内容をここに援用する。
The present invention relates to a communication system, a mobile station apparatus, a base station apparatus, and a communication method.
This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2012-063884 filed in Japan on March 21, 2012 and Japanese Patent Application No. 2012-063885 filed on March 21, 2012 in Japan And the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
 無線通信では、基地局装置と移動局装置との間で、電波を用いてデータを送受信する。無線通信の規格の一つであるLTE-A(Long Term Evolution-Advanced)では、種々の移動局装置を混在させて通信に用いることが許容されている。基地局装置のカバーする範囲の種別には、例えば、マクロセル(macro cellとも呼ばれる)、マイクロセル(micro cell、pico cell、femto cell、Hとも呼ばれる)がある。マクロセルとは、移動局装置に電波が届く範囲が大きい(例えば、半径数百mから数十km)セルである。マイクロセルとは、移動局装置に電波が届く範囲がより小さい(例えば、半径数mから数百m)セルである。 In wireless communication, data is transmitted and received using radio waves between a base station device and a mobile station device. In LTE-A (Long Term Evolution-Advanced), which is one of the wireless communication standards, it is allowed to use various mobile station apparatuses for communication. The types of ranges covered by the base station device include, for example, a macro cell (also called a macro cell) and a micro cell (also called a micro cell, pico cell, femto cell, and H). A macro cell is a cell with a large range in which radio waves reach a mobile station device (for example, a radius of several hundreds to several tens of kilometers). A microcell is a cell that has a smaller range in which radio waves reach a mobile station device (for example, a radius of several meters to several hundred meters).
 マクロセルとマイクロセルを混在させた通信システムには、例えば特許文献1に記載のアクセス方式の配置方法がある。特許文献1には、MME(移動管理エンティティ)は、eNB(基地局装置)から、eNBのセルに過負荷が生じることを指示する過負荷通知メッセージを受信すると、eNBのセルに対応するHeNBを特定し(特定されたHeNBは複数存在してもよい)、このHeNBにアクセス方式配置指令を送信して、HeNBのアクセス方式を閉鎖方式から解放方式またはハイブリッド方式にするよう指示することが記載されている。 As a communication system in which macro cells and micro cells are mixed, there is an access method arrangement method described in Patent Document 1, for example. In Patent Literature 1, when an MME (Mobility Management Entity) receives an overload notification message from the eNB (base station apparatus) that instructs an eNB cell to be overloaded, an MNB (Mobility Management Entity) selects an HeNB corresponding to the eNB cell. It is described that an identification is made (a plurality of identified HeNBs may exist), and an instruction is sent to this HeNB to change the HeNB access method from a closed method to a release method or a hybrid method. ing.
特開2011-4399号公報JP 2011-4399 A
 しかしながら、特許文献1に記載の通信システムによれば、eNBに過負荷が生じると、eNBのセルのカバレッジ内にある、対応するHeNB全てのアクセス方式が切り替えられる。移動局装置は、特定のHeNBにアクセスできなくなるために、周波数リソースの利用効率が低下することがあった。
 また、特許文献1に記載の通信システムによれば、ある基地局装置に過負荷が生じると、当該基地局装置のセルのカバレッジが重複する、基地局装置全てのアクセス方式が切り替えられる。即ち、移動局装置は、他の基地局装置を特定してアクセスできなくなるために、周波数リソースの利用効率が低下することがあった。
However, according to the communication system described in Patent Literature 1, when an overload occurs in the eNB, the access methods of all corresponding HeNBs in the coverage of the eNB cell are switched. Since the mobile station apparatus cannot access a specific HeNB, the frequency resource utilization efficiency may be reduced.
Further, according to the communication system described in Patent Document 1, when an overload occurs in a certain base station device, the access methods of all the base station devices that overlap the cell coverage of the base station device are switched. That is, since the mobile station device cannot access another base station device by specifying it, the frequency resource utilization efficiency may be reduced.
 本発明は上記の点に鑑みてなされたものであり周波数リソースの利用効率を低下させない通信システム、移動局装置、基地局装置及び通信方法を提供する。 The present invention has been made in view of the above points, and provides a communication system, a mobile station apparatus, a base station apparatus, and a communication method that do not reduce the use efficiency of frequency resources.
(1)本発明は上記の課題を解決するためになされたものであり、本発明の第1の態様は、マクロセル基地局装置と、前記マクロセル基地局装置のセルの一部の領域をセルとする小型基地局装置と、移動局装置とを備える通信システムであって、前記移動局装置は、前記マクロセル基地局装置又は前記小型基地局装置と第1の周波数帯域を用いて通信する送受信部と、前記第1の周波数帯域とは異なる第2の周波数帯域を用いて前記送受信部で通信していない小型基地局装置又はマクロセル基地局装置との通信を要求することを表す要求情報を生成し、前記要求情報を前記送受信部で通信している前記マクロセル基地局装置又は前記小型基地局装置に送信する通信制御部と、を備える通信システムである。 (1) The present invention has been made to solve the above-described problems, and a first aspect of the present invention is a macro cell base station apparatus, and a partial area of a cell of the macro cell base station apparatus is defined as a cell. A communication system comprising a small base station device and a mobile station device, wherein the mobile station device communicates with the macrocell base station device or the small base station device using a first frequency band; Generating request information indicating requesting communication with a small base station device or a macro cell base station device that is not communicating with the transceiver using a second frequency band different from the first frequency band; A communication control unit comprising: a communication control unit that transmits the request information to the macro cell base station device or the small base station device communicating with the transmission / reception unit.
(2)本発明の第1の態様において、前記移動局装置は、前記マクロセル基地局装置又は前記小型基地局装置との通信量を測定する通信測定部とを備え、前記通信制御部は、前記通信測定部が測定した通信量に基づいて前記第2の周波数帯域を用いて通信するか否かを判断しても良い。 (2) In the first aspect of the present invention, the mobile station device includes a communication measurement unit that measures a communication amount with the macro cell base station device or the small base station device, and the communication control unit includes the communication control unit, Whether or not to communicate using the second frequency band may be determined based on the communication amount measured by the communication measurement unit.
(3)本発明の第1の態様において、前記通信制御部は、前記第2の周波数帯域を用いて通信可能な小型基地局装置又はマクロセル基地局装置を探索しても良い。 (3) In the first aspect of the present invention, the communication control unit may search for a small base station apparatus or a macro cell base station apparatus that can communicate using the second frequency band.
(4)本発明の第1の態様において、前記通信制御部は、前記探索した小型基地局装置又はマクロセル基地局装置のセルに在圏していることを表す在圏情報を前記要求情報として送信しても良い。 (4) In the first aspect of the present invention, the communication control unit transmits, as the request information, location information indicating presence in a cell of the searched small base station device or macro cell base station device. You may do it.
(5)本発明の第1の態様において、前記通信制御部は、前記マクロセル基地局装置又は前記小型基地局装置との通信に係る測定情報に前記要求情報を付加して前記マクロセル基地局装置又は前記小型基地局装置に送信しても良い。 (5) In the first aspect of the present invention, the communication control unit adds the request information to measurement information related to communication with the macro cell base station apparatus or the small base station apparatus, and the macro cell base station apparatus or You may transmit to the said small base station apparatus.
(6)本発明の第1の態様において、前記通信制御部は、通信可能な小型基地局装置又はマクロセル基地局装置を複数個検知した場合、通信品質が最も高い小型基地局装置又はマクロセル基地局装置を選択しても良い。 (6) In the first aspect of the present invention, when the communication control unit detects a plurality of communicable small base station devices or macro cell base station devices, the small base station device or macro cell base station having the highest communication quality is detected. A device may be selected.
(7)本発明の第2の態様は、マクロセル基地局装置と、前記マクロセル基地局装置のセルの一部の領域をセルとする小型基地局装置と、移動局装置とを備える通信システムであって、前記マクロセル基地局装置又は前記小型基地局装置は、前記移動局装置と第1の周波数帯域を用いて通信する送受信部と、前記第1の周波数帯域とは異なる第2の周波数帯域を用いて前記送受信部で通信していない小型基地局装置又はマクロセル基地局装置と前記移動局装置との通信を要求することを表す要求情報を生成し、前記要求情報を前記送受信部で通信している前記移動局装置に送信する通信制御部と、を備える通信システムである。 (7) A second aspect of the present invention is a communication system including a macro cell base station device, a small base station device that uses a partial area of a cell of the macro cell base station device as a cell, and a mobile station device. The macro cell base station apparatus or the small base station apparatus uses a transmission / reception unit that communicates with the mobile station apparatus using a first frequency band, and a second frequency band different from the first frequency band. Request information indicating that communication between the mobile station device and a small base station device or macro cell base station device that is not communicating with the transceiver unit is generated, and the request information is communicated with the transceiver unit A communication control unit that transmits to the mobile station device.
(8)本発明の第3の態様は、マクロセル基地局装置又は前記マクロセル基地局装置のセルの一部の領域をセルとする小型基地局装置と第1の周波数帯域を用いて通信する送受信部と、前記第1の周波数帯域とは異なる第2の周波数帯域を用いて、前記送受信部で通信していない小型基地局装置又はマクロセル基地局装置との通信を要求することを表す要求情報を生成し、前記要求情報を前記送受信部で通信している前記マクロセル基地局装置又は前記小型基地局装置に送信する通信制御部と、を備える移動局装置である。 (8) A third aspect of the present invention is a transmission / reception unit that communicates with a macro cell base station apparatus or a small base station apparatus that uses a partial area of a cell of the macro cell base station apparatus as a cell using the first frequency band. And request information representing requesting communication with a small base station apparatus or macrocell base station apparatus that is not communicating with the transceiver using a second frequency band different from the first frequency band. And a communication control unit that transmits the request information to the macro cell base station device or the small base station device communicating with the transmission / reception unit.
(9)本発明の第4の態様は、移動局装置と第1の周波数帯域を用いて通信する送受信部と、前記第1の周波数帯域とは異なる第2の周波数帯域を用いて前記送受信部で通信していないマクロセル基地局装置又は前記マクロセル基地局装置のセルの一部の領域をセルとする小型基地局装置又はマクロセル基地局装置と前記移動局装置との通信を要求することを表す要求情報を生成し、前記要求情報を前記送受信部で通信している前記移動局装置に送信する通信制御部と、を備える基地局装置である。 (9) According to a fourth aspect of the present invention, there is provided a transmitting / receiving unit that communicates with a mobile station device using a first frequency band, and the transmitting / receiving unit using a second frequency band different from the first frequency band. A request that indicates a request for communication between the mobile station apparatus and the macro cell base station apparatus that is not communicating with the small cell base station apparatus or the macro cell base station apparatus that uses a partial area of the cell of the macro cell base station apparatus as a cell. A communication control unit that generates information and transmits the request information to the mobile station device that is communicating with the transmission / reception unit.
(10)本発明の第5の態様は、移動局装置における通信方法であって、前記移動局装置は、マクロセル基地局装置又は前記マクロセル基地局装置のセルの一部の領域をセルとする小型基地局装置と第1の周波数帯域を用いて通信し、前記移動局装置は、前記第1の周波数帯域とは異なる第2の周波数帯域を用いて、通信していない小型基地局装置又はマクロセル基地局装置との通信を要求することを表す要求情報を生成し、前記要求情報を、通信している前記マクロセル基地局装置又は前記小型基地局装置に送信する通信方法である。 (10) A fifth aspect of the present invention is a communication method in a mobile station device, wherein the mobile station device is a small cell having a macro cell base station device or a partial area of a cell of the macro cell base station device as a cell. A small base station apparatus or a macro cell base that communicates with a base station apparatus using a first frequency band, and the mobile station apparatus does not communicate with a second frequency band different from the first frequency band. A communication method for generating request information indicating requesting communication with a station apparatus, and transmitting the request information to the macro cell base station apparatus or the small base station apparatus with which communication is performed.
(11)本発明の第6の態様は、マクロセル基地局装置又は前記マクロセル基地局装置のセルの一部の領域をセルとする小型基地局装置における通信方法であって、前記マクロセル基地局装置又は前記小型基地局装置は、移動局装置と第1の周波数帯域を用いて通信し、前記マクロセル基地局装置又は前記小型基地局装置は、前記第1の周波数帯域とは異なる第2の周波数帯域を用いて、通信していない小型基地局装置又はマクロセル基地局装置と前記移動局装置との通信を要求することを表す要求情報を生成し、前記要求情報を、通信している前記移動局装置に送信する通信方法である。 (11) A sixth aspect of the present invention is a communication method in a macro cell base station apparatus or a small base station apparatus that uses a partial area of a cell of the macro cell base station apparatus as a cell, the macro cell base station apparatus or The small base station apparatus communicates with a mobile station apparatus using a first frequency band, and the macro cell base station apparatus or the small base station apparatus has a second frequency band different from the first frequency band. And generating request information indicating requesting communication between the mobile station device and a small base station device or macrocell base station device that is not communicating, and sending the request information to the mobile station device that is communicating A communication method for transmission.
 本発明の実施形態によれば、周波数リソースの利用効率が低下しない。 According to the embodiment of the present invention, the utilization efficiency of frequency resources does not decrease.
本発明の第1の実施形態に係る通信システムを表す概念図である。1 is a conceptual diagram illustrating a communication system according to a first embodiment of the present invention. 第1の実施形態に係るデータの送受信に用いられる周波数帯域の一例を表す概念図である。It is a conceptual diagram showing an example of the frequency band used for transmission / reception of the data which concerns on 1st Embodiment. 第1の実施形態に係るデータの送受信に用いられる周波数帯域の他の一例を表す概念図である。It is a conceptual diagram showing the other example of the frequency band used for transmission / reception of the data which concerns on 1st Embodiment. 第1の実施形態に係るデータの送受信に用いられる周波数帯域の他の例を表す概念図である。It is a conceptual diagram showing the other example of the frequency band used for transmission / reception of the data which concerns on 1st Embodiment. 第1の実施形態に係る通信システムの構成を表す概略図である。It is the schematic showing the structure of the communication system which concerns on 1st Embodiment. 第1の実施形態に係るUEの構成を表す概略図である。It is the schematic showing the structure of UE which concerns on 1st Embodiment. 第1の実施形態に係るeNBの構成を表す概略図である。It is the schematic showing the structure of eNB which concerns on 1st Embodiment. 第1の実施形態に係るHeNBの構成を表す概略図である。It is the schematic showing the structure of HeNB which concerns on 1st Embodiment. 第1の実施形態に係る通信処理を表すシーケンス図である。It is a sequence diagram showing the communication process which concerns on 1st Embodiment. 第1の実施形態に係るHeNBサーチ処理を表すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart showing the HeNB search process which concerns on 1st Embodiment. 第1の実施形態に係る通信処理の一変形例を表すシーケンス図である。It is a sequence diagram showing the modification of the communication processing which concerns on 1st Embodiment. 第1の実施形態に係る通信処理の他の変形例を表すシーケンス図である。It is a sequence diagram showing the other modification of the communication processing which concerns on 1st Embodiment. 第1の実施形態に係る通信処理の他の変形例を表すシーケンス図である。It is a sequence diagram showing the other modification of the communication processing which concerns on 1st Embodiment. 本発明の第2の実施形態に係る通信システムの構成を表す概略図である。It is the schematic showing the structure of the communication system which concerns on the 2nd Embodiment of this invention. 第2の実施形態に係るeNBの構成を表す概略図である。It is the schematic showing the structure of eNB which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. 第2の実施形態に係る通信処理を表すシーケンス図である。It is a sequence diagram showing the communication processing which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. 第3の実施形態に係るデータの送受信に用いられる周波数帯域の一例を表す概念図である。It is a conceptual diagram showing an example of the frequency band used for transmission / reception of the data which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. 第3の実施形態に係るデータの送受信に用いられる周波数帯域の他の一例を表す概念図である。It is a conceptual diagram showing another example of the frequency band used for transmission / reception of the data which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. 第3の実施形態に係るデータの送受信に用いられる周波数帯域の他の例を表す概念図である。It is a conceptual diagram showing the other example of the frequency band used for transmission / reception of the data which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. 第3の実施形態に係る通信システムの構成を表す概略図である。It is the schematic showing the structure of the communication system which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. 第3の実施形態に係るHeNBの構成を表す概略図である。It is the schematic showing the structure of HeNB which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. 第3の実施形態に係るeNBの構成を表す概略図である。It is the schematic showing the structure of eNB which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. 第3の実施形態に係る通信処理を表すシーケンス図である。It is a sequence diagram showing the communication processing which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. 第3の実施形態に係るeNBサーチ処理を表すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart showing the eNB search process which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. 第3の実施形態に係る通信処理の一変形例を表すシーケンス図である。It is a sequence diagram showing the modification of the communication processing which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. 第3の実施形態に係る通信処理の他の変形例を表すシーケンス図である。It is a sequence diagram showing the other modification of the communication processing which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. 第3の実施形態に係る通信処理の他の変形例を表すシーケンス図である。It is a sequence diagram showing the other modification of the communication processing which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. 本発明の第4の実施形態に係る通信システムの構成を表す概略図である。It is the schematic showing the structure of the communication system which concerns on the 4th Embodiment of this invention. 第4の実施形態に係るHeNBの構成を表す概略図である。It is the schematic showing the structure of HeNB which concerns on 4th Embodiment. 第4の実施形態に係る通信処理を表すシーケンス図である。It is a sequence diagram showing the communication processing which concerns on 4th Embodiment.
(第1の実施形態)
 以下、図面を参照しながら本発明の第1の実施形態について説明する。
 図1は、第1の実施形態に係る通信システム1aを表す概念図である。
 通信システム1aは、eNB12、HeNB13-1、13-2、13-3、及びUE14を含む。HeNB13-1、13-2、13-3をHeNB13と総称することがある。
(First embodiment)
Hereinafter, a first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
FIG. 1 is a conceptual diagram showing a communication system 1a according to the first embodiment.
The communication system 1a includes an eNB 12, a HeNB 13-1, 13-2, 13-3, and a UE. The HeNBs 13-1, 13-2, and 13-3 may be collectively referred to as HeNB13.
 eNB12は、UE14との間で、無線でデータを送受信するマクロセル基地局装置(macro cell eNodeB)である。UE(User Equipment)は、移動局装置の別称である。図1においてセル32は、eNB12の電波が到達する範囲、即ちUE14とデータを送受信できる範囲を表すマクロセルである。セル32の半径は、例えば数百m~数kmの比較的広い範囲である。即ち、マクロセル基地局装置とは、移動局装置との通信可能な範囲が広い(典型的には、半径数百m~数十km)基地局装置である。
 HeNB13-1、13-2、13-3は、UE14との間で、無線でデータを送受信する小型基地局装置(Home eNodeB[屋内基地局装置]、micro cell eNodeB[マイクロセル基地局装置]、pico cell eNodeB[ピコセル基地局装置]、femto cell eNodeB[フェムトセル基地局装置]とも呼ばれる)である。第1の実施形態では、HeNBの個数は図示した3個に限られず、1個、2個、又は3個よりも多くてもよい。
The eNB 12 is a macro cell base station apparatus (macro cell eNodeB) that transmits and receives data wirelessly to and from the UE 14. UE (User Equipment) is another name for a mobile station apparatus. In FIG. 1, a cell 32 is a macro cell that represents a range in which radio waves of the eNB 12 reach, that is, a range in which data can be transmitted and received with the UE 14. The radius of the cell 32 is, for example, a relatively wide range of several hundred m to several km. That is, the macro cell base station apparatus is a base station apparatus that has a wide communication range with the mobile station apparatus (typically, a radius of several hundreds to several tens of kilometers).
The HeNBs 13-1, 13-2, and 13-3 are small base station devices (Home eNodeB [indoor base station device], micro cell eNodeB [micro cell base station device]) that transmit and receive data wirelessly with the UE 14. pico cell eNodeB [picocell base station apparatus] and femto cell eNodeB [femtocell base station apparatus]). In the first embodiment, the number of HeNBs is not limited to three as illustrated, and may be one, two, or more than three.
 図1において、セル33-1、33-2、33-3は、それぞれHeNB13-1、13-2、13-3の電波が到達する範囲を表す。セル33-1、33-2、33-3の半径は、例えば数m~数十mの比較的狭い範囲である。図1に示すセル33-1、33-2、33-3の領域は、いずれもセル32の領域に含まれる。セル33-1、33-2、33-3をセル33と総称することがある。即ち、小型基地局装置とは、移動局装置との通信可能な範囲が狭い(典型的には、半径数m~数十m)基地局装置である。 In FIG. 1, cells 33-1, 33-2, and 33-3 represent ranges where radio waves of HeNBs 13-1, 13-2, and 13-3 reach, respectively. The radii of the cells 33-1, 33-2, 33-3 are in a relatively narrow range of, for example, several meters to several tens of meters. The areas of the cells 33-1, 33-2, and 33-3 shown in FIG. 1 are all included in the area of the cell 32. The cells 33-1, 33-2, and 33-3 may be collectively referred to as the cell 33. That is, the small base station device is a base station device that has a narrow communication range with the mobile station device (typically a radius of several meters to several tens of meters).
 HeNB13が提供するセル33は、次の種別(1)-(3)のいずれであってもよい。(1)オープンセル(open cell): マクロセルと同様に、全てのUEが接続できるセルである。オープンセルの識別情報として、例えば、マクロセルと同様な形式のPCI(Physical Cell Identity)が用いられる。(2)CSGセル(Closed Subscriber Group cell): 予め限定された加入者のUE(CSGメンバ)のみが接続できるセルである。かかる加入者のグループをCSGと呼ぶ。CSGセルの識別情報として、例えば、CSG専用のPCIが用いられる。CSGセルに在圏、つまりカバレッジの範囲内にあるUEにはシステム情報の一部としてCSG-IDが送信される。システム情報とは、在圏するUEに共通の制御情報である。CSG-IDは、CSGの識別情報である。(3)ハイブリッドセル(Hybrid cell): CSGメンバには、CSGセルとして、非CSGメンバにはオープンセルとして接続できるセルである。そのため、ハイブリッドセルの識別情報としてオープンセルと同様な形式のPCIが用いられる。また、ハイブリッドセルに在圏するUEにはシステム情報の一部としてCSG-IDが送信される。HeNB13は、非CSGメンバよりもCSGメンバに対して優先して周波数リソースを割り当てるようにしてもよい。 The cell 33 provided by the HeNB 13 may be any of the following types (1) to (3). (1) Open cell: Similar to a macro cell, it is a cell to which all UEs can be connected. As the identification information of the open cell, for example, PCI (Physical Cell Identity) in the same format as the macro cell is used. (2) CSG cell (Closed Subscriber Group cell): A cell to which only a subscriber UE (CSG member) limited in advance can connect. Such a group of subscribers is called a CSG. As the identification information of the CSG cell, for example, PCI dedicated to CSG is used. A CSG-ID is transmitted as a part of the system information to UEs located in the CSG cell, that is, within the coverage range. The system information is control information common to UEs in the area. The CSG-ID is CSG identification information. (3) Hybrid cell: A cell that can be connected to a CSG member as a CSG cell and to a non-CSG member as an open cell. Therefore, PCI having the same format as that of an open cell is used as hybrid cell identification information. Further, the CSG-ID is transmitted as a part of the system information to UEs located in the hybrid cell. The HeNB 13 may allocate frequency resources with priority over CSG members over non-CSG members.
 UE14は、eNB12、HeNB13-1、13-2、13-3の少なくともいずれかとの間で、無線でデータを送受信する移動局装置(User Equipment)である。UE14は、例えば、携帯電話機、携帯情報端末装置(Personal Digital Assistant、PDA)、である。
 なお、以下の説明において、eNB12、HeNB13-1、13-2、13-3を区別しない場合、又はこれらを総称する場合、単に基地局装置と呼ぶことがある。また、HeNB13-1、13-2、13-3を区別しない場合、又はこれらを総称する場合、単にHeNB13と呼ぶことがある。
The UE 14 is a mobile station device (User Equipment) that transmits and receives data wirelessly with at least one of the eNB 12 and the HeNBs 13-1, 13-2, and 13-3. The UE 14 is, for example, a mobile phone or a personal digital assistant (PDA).
In the following description, when the eNB 12 and the HeNBs 13-1, 13-2, and 13-3 are not distinguished from each other or when they are collectively referred to, they may be simply referred to as base station apparatuses. Further, when the HeNBs 13-1, 13-2, and 13-3 are not distinguished from each other, or are collectively referred to, they may be simply referred to as HeNB13.
 第1の実施形態に係る通信システム1aは、eNB12と、セル32の一部の領域をセルとするHeNB13と、UE14とを備える。UE14は、eNB12と、ある周波数帯域A1(以下、帯域A1と呼ぶ)の電波を用いて通信する。UE14は、周波数帯域A1とは異なる周波数帯域B1を用いてHeNB13と通信を要求することを表す要求情報を生成する。UE14は、生成した要求情報をeNB12に送信する。これにより、通信システム1aは、キャリアアグリゲーション(Carrier Aggregation、CA)を行う。 The communication system 1a according to the first embodiment includes an eNB 12, a HeNB 13 having a partial area of the cell 32 as a cell, and a UE. UE14 communicates with eNB12 using the electromagnetic wave of a certain frequency band A1 (henceforth the band A1). UE14 produces | generates the request information showing requesting | requiring communication with HeNB13 using frequency band B1 different from frequency band A1. The UE 14 transmits the generated request information to the eNB 12. Thereby, the communication system 1a performs carrier aggregation (CA).
(キャリアアグリゲーション)
 次に、CAについて説明する。CAとは、2個以上の異なる周波数帯域(コンポーネントキャリア;Component Carrier、CC)を集約(アグリゲーション)し、これらの周波数帯域を同時に利用してデータの送受信を実現する技術である。CCとは、UE毎にデータを割り当てる通信帯域の単位である。CCは、複数のリソースブロック(RB;Resource Block)を含む。RBは、OFDM(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing、直交周波数分割多重方式)信号フレームにおけるデータが割り当てられる周波数帯域の単位(例えば、180kHz)である。
(Carrier aggregation)
Next, CA will be described. CA is a technology that aggregates (aggregates) two or more different frequency bands (component carriers; component carriers, CCs), and simultaneously transmits and receives data using these frequency bands. CC is a unit of a communication band in which data is allocated for each UE. The CC includes a plurality of resource blocks (RBs). RB is a unit (for example, 180 kHz) of a frequency band to which data in an OFDM (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing) signal frame is assigned.
 図2A及び図2Bは、データの送受信に用いられる周波数帯域の一例を表す概念図である。図2A、図2Bともに、横軸は周波数を表す。
 図2Aは、CA処理前において、eNB12がUE14へ帯域A1のPCC(Primary Component Carrier、プライマリコンポーネントキャリア)を用いてデータを送信することを表す。
2A and 2B are conceptual diagrams illustrating an example of a frequency band used for data transmission / reception. In both FIG. 2A and FIG. 2B, the horizontal axis represents frequency.
FIG. 2A shows that the eNB 12 transmits data to the UE 14 using PCC (Primary Component Carrier) of the band A1 before the CA process.
 図2Bは、CA処理後において、eNB12がUE14へ帯域A1のPCCを用いてデータを送信するのと同時に、HeNB13-1がUE14へ帯域B1のSCC(Secondary Component Carrier、セカンダリコンポーネントキャリア)を用いてデータを送信することを表す。このとき、UE14は、帯域A1と帯域B1を用いて同一の相手側装置(例えば、他の移動局装置)からのデータを、それぞれeNB12、HeNB13-1を介して受信する。従って、CAとは、同一の相手側装置との通信に複数のCCを同時に利用することで仮想的に周波数帯域を拡張することを指す。また、CAは、拡張した周波数帯域を用いて通信することを指す。こともある。上述の例では、eNB(マクロセル基地局装置)12とUE(移動局装置)14の間で、帯域を拡張する前に当初から用いていた帯域が帯域A1(第1の周波数帯域)である。帯域を拡張する際、HeNB13-1(小型基地局装置)とUE14(移動局装置)の間で、新たに追加した帯域が帯域B1(第2の周波数帯域)である。つまり、CAとは、帯域A1(第1の周波数帯域)と帯域B1(第2の周波数帯域)を集約して、UE14と相手先装置との通信を行うことである。 FIG. 2B shows that after the CA process, the eNB 12 transmits data to the UE 14 using the PCC of the band A1, and at the same time, the HeNB 13-1 uses the SCC (Secondary Component Carrier, secondary component carrier) of the band B1 to the UE 14. Represents sending data. At this time, the UE 14 receives data from the same counterpart device (for example, another mobile station device) using the band A1 and the band B1 via the eNB 12 and the HeNB 13-1, respectively. Therefore, CA refers to virtually expanding the frequency band by simultaneously using a plurality of CCs for communication with the same counterpart device. CA refers to communication using an expanded frequency band. Sometimes. In the above example, the band A1 (first frequency band) is the band used from the beginning before expanding the band between the eNB (macrocell base station apparatus) 12 and the UE (mobile station apparatus) 14. When extending the band, the newly added band between the HeNB 13-1 (small base station apparatus) and the UE 14 (mobile station apparatus) is the band B1 (second frequency band). That is, CA is to aggregate the band A1 (first frequency band) and the band B1 (second frequency band) and perform communication between the UE 14 and the counterpart device.
 集約されるCCは、図2A及び図2Bに示すように互いに離れた周波数帯域であってもよいし、互いに隣接した周波数帯域であってもよい。各CCの帯域は、いかなる帯域(例えば、800MHz、2.4GHz、3.4GHzのいずれか)でもよい。各CCの帯域幅は、いかなる帯域幅(例えば、1.4MHz、3MHz、5MHz、10MHz、15MHz、20MHzのいずれか)であってもよい。また、上りリンクと下りリンクとで各CCの帯域幅、中心周波数が異なってもよい。 The CCs to be aggregated may be frequency bands separated from each other as shown in FIGS. 2A and 2B, or may be frequency bands adjacent to each other. The band of each CC may be any band (for example, any one of 800 MHz, 2.4 GHz, and 3.4 GHz). The bandwidth of each CC may be any bandwidth (for example, any of 1.4 MHz, 3 MHz, 5 MHz, 10 MHz, 15 MHz, and 20 MHz). Further, the bandwidth and center frequency of each CC may be different between the uplink and the downlink.
 なお、PCCは、例えばUE14が行う受信品質等の測定制御、下りリンクの無線リンク障害の検出、上りリンク制御チャネルの送信の基準となる周波数帯域である。PCCは、UE毎に各1個割り当てられるメインの帯域である。SCCは、PCC以外にUEに割り当てられた周波数帯域である。後述するシステム情報は、基地局装置毎にUE14との通信に用いられているPCCを表す情報、SCCを表す情報を含んでもよい。 Note that the PCC is a frequency band that serves as a reference for measurement control such as reception quality performed by the UE 14, detection of a downlink radio link failure, and transmission of an uplink control channel. The PCC is a main band assigned to each UE. The SCC is a frequency band assigned to the UE other than the PCC. System information to be described later may include information representing PCC and information representing SCC used for communication with the UE 14 for each base station apparatus.
 集約されるCCの個数は、2個に限られず、1個より多い整数(例えば、3)個であればよい。そのうち、SCCの個数は、1個に限られず、1個よりも多い整数個であればよい。
 図3は、データの送受信に用いられる周波数帯域の他の例を表す概念図である。
図3において、横軸は周波数である。図3に示す例では、用いられているCCの個数は、3個である。3個のうち、1個がeNB12とUE14との間の通信で用いられている帯域A1のPCCである。他の2個がHeNB13-1とUE14との間の通信で用いられているSCCである。2個のSCCの帯域は、帯域B1、C1である。
The number of CCs to be aggregated is not limited to two, and may be an integer greater than one (for example, three). Of these, the number of SCCs is not limited to one, and may be an integer greater than one.
FIG. 3 is a conceptual diagram illustrating another example of a frequency band used for data transmission / reception.
In FIG. 3, the horizontal axis represents frequency. In the example shown in FIG. 3, the number of CCs used is three. Of the three, one is a PCC in the band A1 used for communication between the eNB 12 and the UE 14. The other two are SCCs used for communication between the HeNB 13-1 and the UE. The two SCC bands are bands B1 and C1.
(物理信号・物理チャネル)
 次に、CAに係る物理信号及び物理チャネルについて説明する。
 通信システム1aでは、基地局装置からUE14へのデータの送信(下りリンク)、UE14から基地局装置へのデータの送信(上りリンク)において物理信号と物理チャネルを用いる。物理信号とは、システム同期、セル識別、無線チャネル予測に用いられる信号である。物理チャネルとは物理層よりも上位の階層(上位レイヤ)で生成される情報を伝送するチャネルである。物理チャネルに割り当てられる信号や物理信号は、送信信号又は受信信号の一部として、予め定められた時間及び周波数に割り当てられる。この割り当てを、マッピングと呼ぶ。また、割り当てられた信号から元の信号を再構成することをデマッピングと呼ぶ。
(Physical signal / physical channel)
Next, physical signals and physical channels related to CA will be described.
In the communication system 1a, physical signals and physical channels are used in data transmission (downlink) from the base station apparatus to the UE 14 and data transmission (uplink) from the UE 14 to the base station apparatus. The physical signal is a signal used for system synchronization, cell identification, and radio channel prediction. A physical channel is a channel for transmitting information generated at a higher layer (upper layer) than the physical layer. Signals and physical signals assigned to physical channels are assigned to predetermined times and frequencies as part of transmission signals or reception signals. This assignment is called mapping. Also, reconstructing the original signal from the assigned signal is called demapping.
 下りリンクの物理チャネルには、例えば各UEで共有される物理下りリンク共有チャネル(PDSCH、Physical Downlink Shared Channel)及び物理下りリンク制御チャネル(PDCCH、Physical Downling Control Channel)がある。PDSCHは、例えば、ユーザが送受信する情報を表すユーザデータを伝送するチャネルである。PDCCHは、例えばPDSCHを用いて通信を行うUEの識別情報(ID)やユーザデータのトランスポート(伝送)フォーマットの情報(すなわち、下りスケジューリング情報)、物理上りリンク共有チャネル(PUSCH、Physical Upling Shared Channel)を用いて通信を行うUEのIDやユーザデータのトランスポート(伝送)フォーマットの情報(上りスケジューリンググラント)、等の制御情報を伝送するチャネルである。 The downlink physical channels include, for example, a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH, Physical Downlink Shared Channel) and a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH, Physical Downing Control Channel) shared by each UE. The PDSCH is a channel that transmits user data representing information transmitted and received by a user, for example. The PDCCH includes, for example, identification information (ID) of a UE that performs communication using PDSCH, information on the transport (transmission) format of user data (ie, downlink scheduling information), a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH, Physical Up and Shared Channel). ) Is used to transmit control information such as the ID of a UE that performs communication using the user ID and information on the transport (transmission) format of user data (uplink scheduling grant).
 PDCCHは、下りL1/L2制御チャネル(Downlink L1/L2 Control Channel)とも呼ばれる。下りスケジューリング情報と、上りスケジューリンググラントを下りリンク制御情報(DCI、Downlink Control Information)とも呼ばれる。下りリンクの物理チャネルには、その他に物理ブロードキャストチャネル(PBCH、Physical Broadcast Channel)がある。PBCHは、各基地局装置に固有の情報(例えば、システム情報)を、セルに在圏、つまりセルのカバレッジ内にあるUEに送信するチャネルである。 The PDCCH is also called a downlink L1 / L2 control channel (Downlink L1 / L2 Control Channel). The downlink scheduling information and the uplink scheduling grant are also called downlink control information (DCI, Downlink Control Information). Other physical downlink channels include physical broadcast channels (PBCH, Physical Broadcast Channel). The PBCH is a channel that transmits information (for example, system information) unique to each base station apparatus to UEs that are located in the cell, that is, within the coverage of the cell.
 下りリンクの物理信号には、同期信号(SS、Synchronization Signal)がある。同期信号は、UE14が在圏する基地局装置を探索(セルサーチ)又は識別するために用いられる信号である。同期信号は、基地局装置を識別する情報であるセルIDを含む。同期信号には、プライマリ同期信号(PSS、Primary Synchronization Signal)とセカンダリ同期信号(SSS、Secondary Synchronization Signal)がある。 The downlink physical signal includes a synchronization signal (SS, Synchronization Signal). The synchronization signal is a signal used for searching (cell search) or identifying a base station apparatus in which UE 14 is located. The synchronization signal includes a cell ID that is information for identifying the base station apparatus. The synchronization signal includes a primary synchronization signal (PSS, Primary Synchronization Signal) and a secondary synchronization signal (SSS, Secondary Synchronization Signal).
 上りリンクの物理チャネルには、各UEが共通する物理上りリンク共有チャネル(PUSCH、Physical Uplink Shared Channel)及び物理上りリンク制御チャネル(PUCCH、Physical Uplink Control Channel)がある。PUSCHは、例えば、ユーザデータを伝送するチャネルである。PUCCHは、例えば、PUSCHのスケジューリング、適応変復調、符号化処理(AMCS,Adaptive Modulation and Coding Scheme)に用いる下りリンクの品質情報(CQI、Channel Quality Indicator)、PUSCHにおける送達確認情報等を伝送するチャネルである。 The uplink physical channel includes a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH, Physical Uplink Shared Channel) and a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH, Physical Uplink Control Channel) common to each UE. The PUSCH is a channel for transmitting user data, for example. The PUCCH is a channel that transmits, for example, downlink quality information (CQI, Channel Quality Indicator), PUSCH delivery confirmation information, etc. used for PUSCH scheduling, adaptive modulation / demodulation, and encoding processing (AMCS, Adaptive Modulation and Coding Scheme). is there.
 下りリンクの品質情報は、CQI、PMI(Precoding Matrix Indicator)、RI(Rank Indicator)を含むチャネル状態情報(CSI,Channel State Indicator)であってもよい。また、かかる送達確認情報は、送信信号が適切に受信されたことを示す肯定応答信号(ACK、Acknowledgement)又は送信信号が適切に受信されなかったことを示す否定応答信号(NACK、Negative Acknowledgement)を含んでもよい。 Downlink quality information may be channel state information (CSI, Channel State Indicator) including CQI, PMI (Precoding Matrix Indicator), and RI (Rank Indicator). The acknowledgment information includes an acknowledgment signal (ACK, Acknowledgment) indicating that the transmission signal has been properly received or a negative acknowledgment signal (NACK, Negative Acknowledgment) indicating that the transmission signal has not been properly received. May be included.
 上りリンクの物理信号には、復調参照信号(DMRS、Demodulation Reference Signal)がある。復調参照信号は、基地局装置がUE14との同期に用いる信号である。
 通信システム1aでは、上述の物理信号や物理チャネルの信号を、1つの基地局装置と1つのUEとの対毎に1つのCCに集約して送受信してもよいし、CAが行われた場合には、その対毎であれば複数のCCに分散して送受信してもよい。
The uplink physical signal includes a demodulation reference signal (DMRS, Demodulation Reference Signal). The demodulation reference signal is a signal used by the base station apparatus for synchronization with the UE 14.
In the communication system 1a, the above-described physical signals and physical channel signals may be collected and transmitted in one CC for each pair of one base station device and one UE, or when CA is performed. May be distributed and transmitted to a plurality of CCs for each pair.
(システム構成)
 次に、通信システム1aの構成について説明する。
 図4は、第1の実施形態に係る通信システム1aの構成を表す概略図である。
 通信システム1aは、eNB12、HeNB13、UE14、MME(Mobility Management Entity;移動管理装置)15、及びRAN(Radio Access Network、無線アクセスネットワーク)11を含む。
(System configuration)
Next, the configuration of the communication system 1a will be described.
FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram showing the configuration of the communication system 1a according to the first embodiment.
The communication system 1a includes an eNB 12, a HeNB 13, a UE 14, an MME (Mobility Management Entity) 15 and a RAN (Radio Access Network, radio access network) 11.
 RAN11は、eNB12又はHeNB13の少なくともいずれかとUE14を、無線で接続(例えば、RRC[Radio Resource Control;無線リソース制御]接続)するネットワークである。
 eNB12及びHeNB13は、それぞれMME15と有線で接続される。HeNB13は、例えば、光通信回線や固定電話回線などの有線の加入者通信回線を用いて、MME15と接続されてもよい。HeNB13の一部又は全部が、例えば、HeNB-GW(屋内基地局装置ゲートウェイ装置)を介してMME15と接続されてもよい。
The RAN 11 is a network that connects at least one of the eNB 12 or the HeNB 13 and the UE 14 by radio (for example, RRC [Radio Resource Control] connection).
The eNB 12 and the HeNB 13 are each connected to the MME 15 by wire. The HeNB 13 may be connected to the MME 15 using, for example, a wired subscriber communication line such as an optical communication line or a fixed telephone line. Part or all of the HeNB 13 may be connected to the MME 15 via, for example, a HeNB-GW (indoor base station apparatus gateway apparatus).
 MME15には、基地局装置毎の識別情報である基地局識別情報(例えば、PCI)と複数の基地局装置のセルを含む登録領域を表す登録領域情報(例えば、TAI(Tracking Area Identity))が予め対応付けられて記憶されている。セル33-1~33-3は、いずれもセル32に含まれるため、HeNB13-1~13-3は、いずれも、eNB12と同一のTAIで識別される登録領域に属する。HeNB13-1~13-3のいずれかがCSGセル又はハイブリッドセルである場合には、MME15は、そのセルに係るHeNBを含むCSGグループを表すCSG-IDを当該セルのPCIと対応づけて記憶している。 The MME 15 includes base station identification information (for example, PCI), which is identification information for each base station apparatus, and registration area information (for example, TAI (Tracking Area Identity)) representing a registration area including cells of a plurality of base station apparatuses. It is stored in association with each other in advance. Since the cells 33-1 to 33-3 are all included in the cell 32, the HeNBs 13-1 to 13-3 all belong to the registration area identified by the same TAI as that of the eNB 12. When any of the HeNBs 13-1 to 13-3 is a CSG cell or a hybrid cell, the MME 15 stores a CSG-ID representing a CSG group including the HeNB related to the cell in association with the PCI of the cell. ing.
 MME15は、記憶されているPCIに対応する基地局装置(例えば、eNB12、HeNB13-1)を介してUE14から登録要求信号を受信する。登録要求信号とは、UE14が当該基地局装置のセルに在圏する装置として登録することを表す信号である。MME15は、その後、当該基地局装置と相手先装置との通信路情報(ベアラ、bearerとも呼ばれる)を生成する。MME15は、登録確認信号を、登録要求信号を受信した基地局装置(例えば、eNB12、HeNB13-1)に送信する。 The MME 15 receives a registration request signal from the UE 14 via a base station device (for example, eNB 12 or HeNB 13-1) corresponding to the stored PCI. The registration request signal is a signal indicating that the UE 14 registers as a device located in the cell of the base station device. Thereafter, the MME 15 generates communication path information (also called a bearer or a bearer) between the base station device and the counterpart device. The MME 15 transmits a registration confirmation signal to the base station apparatus (for example, the eNB 12 or the HeNB 13-1) that has received the registration request signal.
 MME15は、記憶されているPCIに対応する基地局装置(例えば、HeNB13-1、eNB12)から通信路設定要求信号を受信する。通信路設定要求信号とは、UE14と相手先装置との通信を行うために、当該基地局装置(又は指定された基地局装置)と相手先装置との通信路を設定することを要求することを表す信号である。MME15は、その後、当該通信路設定要求信号に係る基地局装置と相手先装置との間の通信路情報を生成する。MME15は、通信路設定確認信号を、通信路設定要求信号を受信した基地局装置(例えば、HeNB13-1、eNB12)に送信する。 The MME 15 receives a communication path setting request signal from a base station apparatus (for example, the HeNB 13-1 or the eNB 12) corresponding to the stored PCI. The communication path setting request signal is a request for setting a communication path between the base station apparatus (or designated base station apparatus) and the counterpart apparatus in order to perform communication between the UE 14 and the counterpart apparatus. It is a signal showing. Thereafter, the MME 15 generates communication path information between the base station apparatus and the counterpart apparatus related to the communication path setting request signal. The MME 15 transmits a communication path setting confirmation signal to the base station apparatus (for example, the HeNB 13-1 or the eNB 12) that has received the communication path setting request signal.
 これにより、当該基地局装置は、生成した通信路情報が表す通信路を介して、UE14と相手先装置との間でユーザデータを送受信する。但し、登録要求信号又は通信路設定要求信号を送信した基地局装置がCSGセルである場合には、MME15は、当該CSGセルに対応するCSGグループにUE14が属すか否かを判断する。MME15は、UE14が当該CSGグループに属す場合、上述の通信路情報を生成し、UE14が当該CSGグループに属しない場合、上述の通信路情報を生成しない。これにより、CSGセルは、CSGグループに属するUEによる通信を実現し、CSGセルは、CSGグループに属するUEによる通信を拒否する。また、ハイブリッドセルは、そのセルのCSGグループに属するUEによる通信をCSGグループ専用のパラメータを用いて実現する。ハイブリッドセルは、そのセルのCSGグループに属さないUEによる通信を、それ以外のパラメータを用いて実現する。 Thereby, the base station apparatus transmits and receives user data between the UE 14 and the counterpart apparatus via the communication path represented by the generated communication path information. However, when the base station apparatus that transmitted the registration request signal or the communication path setting request signal is a CSG cell, the MME 15 determines whether or not the UE 14 belongs to the CSG group corresponding to the CSG cell. The MME 15 generates the above-described communication path information when the UE 14 belongs to the CSG group, and does not generate the above-described communication path information when the UE 14 does not belong to the CSG group. Thereby, a CSG cell implement | achieves communication by UE which belongs to a CSG group, and a CSG cell refuses communication by UE which belongs to a CSG group. Further, the hybrid cell realizes communication by UEs belonging to the CSG group of the cell using parameters dedicated to the CSG group. The hybrid cell realizes communication by UEs not belonging to the CSG group of the cell using other parameters.
(UEの構成)
 次に、第1の実施形態に係るUE14の構成について説明する。
 図5は、第1の実施形態に係るUE14の構成を表す概略図である。図5に示すUE14は、図1のUE14に相当する。
 UE14は、送受信部141、通信制御部142及びデータ処理部143を含む。
(UE configuration)
Next, the configuration of the UE 14 according to the first embodiment will be described.
FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram illustrating the configuration of the UE 14 according to the first embodiment. The UE 14 shown in FIG. 5 corresponds to the UE 14 in FIG.
The UE 14 includes a transmission / reception unit 141, a communication control unit 142, and a data processing unit 143.
 送受信部141は、アンテナ部1411、無線受信部1412、復調部1413、変調部1414及び無線送信部1415を含む。 The transmission / reception unit 141 includes an antenna unit 1411, a wireless reception unit 1412, a demodulation unit 1413, a modulation unit 1414, and a wireless transmission unit 1415.
 アンテナ部1411は、eNB12、HeNB13-1~13-3の少なくとも何れかから受信した無線周波数帯域の受信信号(無線周波数受信信号)を無線受信部1412に出力する。アンテナ部1411は、無線送信部1415から入力された無線周波数帯域の送信信号(無線周波数送信信号)を電波としてeNB12、HeNB13-1~13-3に送信する。 The antenna unit 1411 outputs a reception signal (radio frequency reception signal) in a radio frequency band received from at least one of the eNB 12 and the HeNBs 13-1 to 13-3 to the radio reception unit 1412. The antenna unit 1411 transmits the radio frequency band transmission signal (radio frequency transmission signal) input from the radio transmission unit 1415 as a radio wave to the eNB 12 and the HeNBs 13-1 to 13-3.
 無線受信部1412は、アンテナ部1411から入力された無線周波数受信信号を基底周波数帯域(ベースバンド)にダウンコンバートして変調受信信号を生成する。無線受信部1412は、変調受信信号を生成する際、通信制御部142から入力されたCC情報が表す帯域毎に、その中心周波数が基底周波数(例えば、0Hz)となるようにダウンコンバートする。このCC情報は、基地局装置から信号を受信する下りリンクのCCを表す。
無線受信部1412は、CC毎に生成した変調受信信号を復調部1413に出力する。
The radio reception unit 1412 down-converts the radio frequency reception signal input from the antenna unit 1411 to a base frequency band (baseband) and generates a modulation reception signal. When the radio reception unit 1412 generates a modulated reception signal, the radio reception unit 1412 performs down-conversion so that the center frequency becomes a base frequency (for example, 0 Hz) for each band represented by the CC information input from the communication control unit 142. This CC information represents a downlink CC that receives a signal from the base station apparatus.
The radio reception unit 1412 outputs the modulated reception signal generated for each CC to the demodulation unit 1413.
 復調部1413は、無線受信部1412から入力された変調受信信号を復調(例えば、CP(Cyclic Prefix)除去、直並列変換、FFT(Fast Fourier Transform、高速フーリエ変換)、デマッピング、並直列変換)して、受信信号を生成する。復調部1413は、生成した受信信号を通信制御部142及びデータ処理部143に出力する。デマッピングにおいて、復調部1413は、物理チャネル(例えば、PDSCH、等)に含まれる信号や物理信号の種別(例えば、ユーザデータ信号、制御信号、等)毎に定められた割り当てのデータを抽出し、抽出したデータを順列させて受信信号を再構成する。 The demodulator 1413 demodulates the modulated received signal input from the radio receiver 1412 (for example, CP (Cyclic Prefix) removal, serial-parallel conversion, FFT (Fast Fourier Transform, Fast Fourier Transform), demapping, parallel-serial conversion) Then, a reception signal is generated. The demodulator 1413 outputs the generated received signal to the communication controller 142 and the data processor 143. In demapping, the demodulator 1413 extracts allocation data determined for each signal included in a physical channel (for example, PDSCH, etc.) and for each type of physical signal (for example, user data signal, control signal, etc.). The received data is reconstructed by permuting the extracted data.
 変調部1414は、通信制御部142及びデータ処理部143から入力された送信信号を変調(例えば、直並列変換、マッピング、IFFT(Inverse Fast Fourier Transform、逆高速フーリエ変換)、並直列変換、CP挿入)して変調送信信号を生成する。マッピングにおいて、変調部1414は、物理チャネル(例えば、PUSCH、等)に含まれる信号や物理信号の種別(例えば、ユーザデータ、等)毎に定められた割り当てに基づいてデータを配置する。変調部1414は、通信制御部142から入力されたCC情報が表す基地局装置及び周波数帯域毎に変調送信信号を生成し、生成した変調送信信号を無線送信部1415に出力する。 The modulation unit 1414 modulates the transmission signal input from the communication control unit 142 and the data processing unit 143 (for example, serial-parallel conversion, mapping, IFFT (Inverse Fast Fourier Transform), parallel-serial conversion, CP insertion) ) To generate a modulated transmission signal. In the mapping, the modulation unit 1414 arranges data on the basis of an assignment determined for each signal included in a physical channel (for example, PUSCH and the like) and each type of physical signal (for example, user data and the like). Modulation section 1414 generates a modulated transmission signal for each base station apparatus and frequency band represented by the CC information input from communication control section 142, and outputs the generated modulated transmission signal to radio transmission section 1415.
 無線送信部1415は、変調部1414から入力された変調送信信号を基底周波数帯域から無線周波数帯域にアップコンバートして無線周波数送信信号を生成する。無線送信部1415は、変調送信信号を生成する際、通信制御部142から入力されたCC情報が表す帯域毎に、中心周波数を基底周波数から、その帯域の中心周波数となるようにアップコンバートする。このCC情報は、基地局装置へ信号を送信する上りリンクのCCを表す。
無線送信部1415は、生成した無線周波数送信信号をアンテナ部1411に出力する。
Radio transmission section 1415 upconverts the modulated transmission signal input from modulation section 1414 from the base frequency band to the radio frequency band, and generates a radio frequency transmission signal. When generating a modulated transmission signal, the wireless transmission unit 1415 up-converts the center frequency from the base frequency to the center frequency of the band for each band represented by the CC information input from the communication control unit 142. This CC information represents an uplink CC that transmits a signal to the base station apparatus.
Radio transmission section 1415 outputs the generated radio frequency transmission signal to antenna section 1411.
 通信制御部142は、通信測定部1421、同期処理部1422、及び帯域管理部1423を含む。 The communication control unit 142 includes a communication measurement unit 1421, a synchronization processing unit 1422, and a bandwidth management unit 1423.
 通信測定部1421は、復調部1413から入力された受信信号に基づいて基地局装置(例えば、eNB12)との通信に係る通信量や通信品質を測定する。通信測定部1421は、例えば、受信信号の単位時間(例えば、10ms)当たりの情報量(通信量)を算出する。
 通信測定部1421は、算出した通信量が、予め定めた通信量(例えば、使用しているCCの伝達可能な通信量のr倍、rは1よりも小さい正の実数)よりも大きいか否か判断する。予め定めた通信量よりも大きいと判断された場合、通信測定部1421は、CAを要すると判断されたことを表すCA判断信号を生成し、生成したCA判断信号を同期処理部1422に出力する。
The communication measurement unit 1421 measures the communication amount and communication quality related to communication with the base station apparatus (for example, eNB 12) based on the received signal input from the demodulation unit 1413. For example, the communication measuring unit 1421 calculates the amount of information (communication amount) per unit time (for example, 10 ms) of the received signal.
The communication measuring unit 1421 determines whether the calculated communication amount is greater than a predetermined communication amount (for example, r times the communication amount that can be transmitted by the CC being used, where r is a positive real number smaller than 1). Judge. When it is determined that the communication amount is larger than the predetermined communication amount, the communication measurement unit 1421 generates a CA determination signal indicating that it is determined that CA is required, and outputs the generated CA determination signal to the synchronization processing unit 1422. .
 通信測定部1421は、基地局装置から(例えば、eNB12から周波数帯域A1で)受信した受信信号から同期信号を抽出し、抽出した同期信号に基づいて品質情報を生成する。品質情報は、例えば、信号対干渉雑音比(SINR、Signal to Interference Ratio)を表す情報を含む。通信測定部1421は、生成した品質情報を接続された基地局装置への送信信号として変調部1414に出力する。 The communication measurement unit 1421 extracts a synchronization signal from the received signal received from the base station apparatus (for example, in the frequency band A1 from the eNB 12), and generates quality information based on the extracted synchronization signal. The quality information includes, for example, information indicating a signal-to-interference noise ratio (SINR, Signal to Interference Ratio). The communication measurement unit 1421 outputs the generated quality information to the modulation unit 1414 as a transmission signal to the connected base station apparatus.
 同期処理部1422は、復調部1413から入力された受信信号から同期信号を抽出し、抽出した同期信号に基づいてUE14がセルに在圏し、新たなCCを使用できるHeNB13を検出する。新たなCCとは、通信中の基地局装置とのユーザデータの送受信に使用されているCC(例えば、帯域A1)とは異なるCCである。ここで、同期処理部1422は、抽出した同期信号が表す基地局識別情報(セルID)がHeNB13のいずれか(例えば、HeNB13-1)を表す基地局識別情報であることを判断する(HeNBサーチ、セルサーチ)。 The synchronization processing unit 1422 extracts a synchronization signal from the received signal input from the demodulation unit 1413, and detects the HeNB 13 in which the UE 14 is in the cell and can use a new CC based on the extracted synchronization signal. The new CC is a CC different from the CC (for example, the band A1) used for transmitting and receiving user data with the communicating base station apparatus. Here, the synchronization processing unit 1422 determines that the base station identification information (cell ID) represented by the extracted synchronization signal is base station identification information representing one of the HeNBs 13 (for example, the HeNB 13-1) (HeNB search). Cell search).
 同期処理部1422は、復調部1413から入力された受信信号からシステム情報を抽出する。同期処理部1422は、抽出したシステム情報のうち、いずれかのHeNB13に係るCCのうち送受信に用いられていないCCを、新たなCC(例えば、帯域B1)として読み出す(帯域検出)。以下、新たなCCが帯域B1であって、そのCCを使用できるHeNB13がHeNB13-1であると仮定して説明することがある。第1の実施形態では、新たなCCが帯域B1以外の帯域であってもよいし、そのCCに係るHeNB13は、HeNB13-1に限られない。 The synchronization processor 1422 extracts system information from the received signal input from the demodulator 1413. The synchronization processing unit 1422 reads, as a new CC (for example, band B1), a CC that is not used for transmission / reception among CCs related to any HeNB 13 from the extracted system information (band detection). Hereinafter, description may be made assuming that the new CC is the band B1 and the HeNB 13 that can use the CC is the HeNB 13-1. In the first embodiment, the new CC may be a band other than the band B1, and the HeNB 13 related to the CC is not limited to the HeNB 13-1.
 同期処理部1422は、新たな帯域B1のCCを使用できるHeNB13-1に対してCAを要求することを示すCA要求情報を生成する。同期処理部1422は、CA要求情報をeNB12への送信信号として変調部1314に出力する。
 同期処理部1422は、CA要求情報の一例として、PI(Proximity Indicator)を生成してもよい。PIは、例えば、UE14が、帯域B1のCCを用いて通信を行うHeNB13-1のセル33-1に在圏することを表す情報(在圏情報)である。同期処理部1422が生成するPIは、例えば、entering proximity indication、即ち、UE14がセル33-1に進入したことを表す情報である。同期処理部1422は、生成したPIをeNB12への送信信号として変調部1414に出力する。
The synchronization processing unit 1422 generates CA request information indicating that the HeNB 13-1 that can use the CC of the new band B1 requests CA. The synchronization processing unit 1422 outputs the CA request information to the modulation unit 1314 as a transmission signal to the eNB 12.
The synchronization processing unit 1422 may generate a PI (Proximity Indicator) as an example of CA request information. The PI is information (location information) indicating that the UE 14 is located in the cell 33-1 of the HeNB 13-1 that performs communication using the CC of the band B1, for example. The PI generated by the synchronization processing unit 1422 is, for example, entering proximity indication, that is, information indicating that the UE 14 has entered the cell 33-1. The synchronization processing unit 1422 outputs the generated PI to the modulation unit 1414 as a transmission signal to the eNB 12.
 同期処理部1422は、復調部1413から、HeNB13-1からの帯域B1での受信信号としてCA準備通知情報が入力された場合には、HeNB13-1との間で同期処理を行う。CA準備通知情報とは、eNB12とHeNB13-1がCAの準備に係る処理を行うことを通知する情報である。同期処理部1422は、同期処理において、例えば、帯域B1で受信した同期信号からPSSを検出し、PSSからのSSSの相対的な位置(オフセット量)を検出する。同期処理部1422は、検出した位置のSSSを検出し、検出したSSSの位置に基づいてHeNB13-1からの受信信号における各フレームの範囲、即ちフレームタイミングを同定する。同期処理部1422は、同期処理が完了した後、CA準備確認情報(ACK)を生成し、生成したCA準備確認情報をHeNB13-1への送信信号として変調部1414に出力する。CA準備確認情報とは、CA準備通知情報の受信を確認したことを表す情報である。同期処理部1422は、帯域B1について同期処理が完了したことを表す同期処理完了信号を生成し、生成した同期処理完了信号を帯域管理部1423に出力する。 The synchronization processing unit 1422 performs a synchronization process with the HeNB 13-1 when the CA preparation notification information is input from the demodulation unit 1413 as a received signal in the band B1 from the HeNB 13-1. The CA preparation notification information is information for notifying that the eNB 12 and the HeNB 13-1 perform processing related to CA preparation. In the synchronization processing, the synchronization processing unit 1422 detects, for example, the PSS from the synchronization signal received in the band B1, and detects the relative position (offset amount) of the SSS from the PSS. The synchronization processing unit 1422 detects the SSS at the detected position, and identifies the range of each frame in the received signal from the HeNB 13-1, that is, the frame timing, based on the detected SSS position. After completing the synchronization process, the synchronization processing unit 1422 generates CA preparation confirmation information (ACK), and outputs the generated CA preparation confirmation information to the modulation unit 1414 as a transmission signal to the HeNB 13-1. The CA preparation confirmation information is information indicating that reception of CA preparation notification information has been confirmed. The synchronization processing unit 1422 generates a synchronization processing completion signal indicating that the synchronization processing has been completed for the band B1, and outputs the generated synchronization processing completion signal to the band management unit 1423.
 帯域管理部1423は、基地局装置と通信を行う帯域を表すCC情報を生成する。帯域管理部1423は、下りリンクに係るCC情報を無線受信部1412に出力し、上りリンクに係るCC情報を無線送信部1415に出力する。ここで、帯域管理部1423は、同期処理部1422から入力された同期処理完了信号に基づいて、HeNB13-1への帯域B1を表すCC情報を生成する。帯域管理部1423は、生成したCC情報を無線受信部1412及び無線送信部1415に出力する。これにより、UE14は、ユーザデータを帯域B1のCCを用いてHeNB13-1から受信し、HeNB13-1へ送信できるようになる。帯域管理部1423は、帯域B1のCCを用いてHeNB13-1へのCAが開始したことを表すCA開始情報を生成する。帯域管理部1423は、eNB12への送信信号として生成したCA開始情報を変調部1414に出力する。 Band management unit 1423 generates CC information indicating a band for communicating with the base station apparatus. Band management section 1423 outputs CC information related to the downlink to radio reception section 1412, and outputs CC information related to the uplink to radio transmission section 1415. Here, the bandwidth management unit 1423 generates CC information representing the bandwidth B1 to the HeNB 13-1 based on the synchronization processing completion signal input from the synchronization processing unit 1422. Band management section 1423 outputs the generated CC information to radio reception section 1412 and radio transmission section 1415. As a result, the UE 14 can receive user data from the HeNB 13-1 using the CC of the band B1 and transmit the user data to the HeNB 13-1. The band management unit 1423 generates CA start information indicating that CA to the HeNB 13-1 has started using the CC of the band B1. Band management section 1423 outputs CA start information generated as a transmission signal to eNB 12 to modulation section 1414.
 データ処理部143は、ユーザデータに対する処理を行う処理部である。データ処理部143は、例えば、音声通信やデータ通信等のアプリケーションを実行する。データ処理部143は、復調部1413から入力された受信信号から受信ユーザデータを抽出し、抽出した受信ユーザデータに係る処理を行う。データ処理部143は、送信ユーザデータを送信信号として変調部1414に出力する。 The data processing unit 143 is a processing unit that performs processing on user data. The data processing unit 143 executes applications such as voice communication and data communication, for example. The data processing unit 143 extracts reception user data from the reception signal input from the demodulation unit 1413, and performs processing related to the extracted reception user data. The data processing unit 143 outputs the transmission user data to the modulation unit 1414 as a transmission signal.
(eNBの構成)
 次に、第1の実施形態に係るeNB12の構成について説明する。
 図6は、第1の実施形態に係るeNB12aの構成を表す概略図である。図6に示すeNB12aは、図1のeNB12に相当する。
 eNB12aは、送受信部121、通信制御部122及びデータ処理部123を含む。
(Configuration of eNB)
Next, the configuration of the eNB 12 according to the first embodiment will be described.
FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram illustrating the configuration of the eNB 12a according to the first embodiment. The eNB 12a illustrated in FIG. 6 corresponds to the eNB 12 illustrated in FIG.
The eNB 12a includes a transmission / reception unit 121, a communication control unit 122, and a data processing unit 123.
 送受信部121は、アンテナ部1211、無線受信部1212、復調部1213、変調部1214、及び無線送信部1215を含む。 The transmission / reception unit 121 includes an antenna unit 1211, a wireless reception unit 1212, a demodulation unit 1213, a modulation unit 1214, and a wireless transmission unit 1215.
 アンテナ部1211は、UE14から受信した無線周波数受信信号を無線受信部1212に出力する。アンテナ部1211は無線送信部1215から入力された無線周波数送信信号を電波としてUE14に送信する。
 無線受信部1212は、アンテナ部1211から入力された無線周波数受信信号を基底周波数帯域にダウンコンバートして変調受信信号を生成する。無線受信部1212が行う処理は、無線受信部1412が行う処理と同様である。無線受信部1212は、生成した変調受信信号を復調部1213に出力する。
 復調部1213は、無線受信部1212から入力された変調受信信号を復調して、受信信号を生成する。復調部1213は、生成した受信信号を通信制御部122及びデータ処理部123に出力する。復調部1213が行う処理は、復調部1413と同様である。
The antenna unit 1211 outputs the radio frequency reception signal received from the UE 14 to the radio reception unit 1212. The antenna unit 1211 transmits the radio frequency transmission signal input from the radio transmission unit 1215 to the UE 14 as a radio wave.
The radio reception unit 1212 generates a modulated reception signal by down-converting the radio frequency reception signal input from the antenna unit 1211 to the base frequency band. The processing performed by the wireless reception unit 1212 is the same as the processing performed by the wireless reception unit 1412. Radio reception section 1212 outputs the generated modulated reception signal to demodulation section 1213.
The demodulation unit 1213 demodulates the modulated reception signal input from the wireless reception unit 1212 to generate a reception signal. The demodulation unit 1213 outputs the generated reception signal to the communication control unit 122 and the data processing unit 123. The processing performed by the demodulation unit 1213 is the same as that of the demodulation unit 1413.
 変調部1214は、通信制御部122及びデータ処理部123から入力された送信信号を変調して変調送信信号を生成する。変調部1214が行う処理は、変調部1414と同様である。変調部1214は、生成した変調送信信号を無線送信部1215に出力する。
 無線送信部1215は、変調部1214から入力された変調送信信号を基底周波数帯域から無線周波数帯域にアップコンバートして無線周波数送信信号を生成する。無線送信部1215が行う処理は、無線送信部1415と同様である。無線送信部1215は、生成した無線周波数送信信号をアンテナ部1211に出力する。
The modulation unit 1214 modulates the transmission signal input from the communication control unit 122 and the data processing unit 123 to generate a modulated transmission signal. The process performed by the modulation unit 1214 is the same as that of the modulation unit 1414. Modulation section 1214 outputs the generated modulated transmission signal to radio transmission section 1215.
The radio transmission unit 1215 generates a radio frequency transmission signal by up-converting the modulated transmission signal input from the modulation unit 1214 from the base frequency band to the radio frequency band. The process performed by the wireless transmission unit 1215 is the same as that of the wireless transmission unit 1415. Radio transmission section 1215 outputs the generated radio frequency transmission signal to antenna section 1211.
 なお、送受信部121は、通信制御部122又はデータ処理部123から入力されたHeNB13又はMME15への送信信号を、HeNB13又はMME15へ有線で送信する(図示せず)。送受信部121は、HeNB13又はMME15から有線で受信した受信信号を通信制御部122又はデータ処理部123へ出力する(図示せず)。 In addition, the transmission / reception part 121 transmits the transmission signal to HeNB13 or MME15 input from the communication control part 122 or the data processing part 123 to HeNB13 or MME15 by wire (not shown). The transmission / reception unit 121 outputs a reception signal received by wire from the HeNB 13 or the MME 15 to the communication control unit 122 or the data processing unit 123 (not shown).
 通信制御部122は、準備処理部1221及び帯域管理部1222を含む。
 準備処理部1221は、UE14からの受信信号としてCA要求情報が復調部1213から入力されたとき、CA要求情報が表すCC(例えば、帯域B1)を用いてUE14と通信を行おうとするHeNB13(例えば、HeNB13-1)との間でCA準備処理を行う。準備処理部1221は、入力されたCA要求信号が表すHeNB13(例えば、HeNB13-1)と相手先装置との通信路を設定することを要求する通信路設定要求信号をMME15への送信信号として送受信部121に出力する。準備処理部1221は、送受信部121からMME15からの受信信号として出力した通信路設定要求信号に対応する通信路設定確認信号が入力される。準備処理部1221は、当該CCを用いてUE14と通信を行うための準備に係る処理を行うことを通知するCA準備通知情報を当該HeNB13への送信信号として送受信部121に出力する。準備処理部1221は、UE14からの受信信号としてCA開始情報が復調部1213から入力される。
The communication control unit 122 includes a preparation processing unit 1221 and a bandwidth management unit 1222.
When the CA request information is input from the demodulation unit 1213 as a received signal from the UE 14, the preparation processing unit 1221 uses the CC (for example, the band B1) indicated by the CA request information to communicate with the UE 14 (for example, the HeNB 13). CA preparation processing with HeNB13-1). The preparation processing unit 1221 transmits and receives a communication path setting request signal for requesting setting of a communication path between the HeNB 13 (for example, HeNB 13-1) represented by the input CA request signal and the counterpart apparatus as a transmission signal to the MME 15. Output to the unit 121. The preparation processing unit 1221 receives a communication path setting confirmation signal corresponding to the communication path setting request signal output from the transmission / reception unit 121 as a reception signal from the MME 15. The preparation processing unit 1221 outputs, to the transmission / reception unit 121, CA preparation notification information for notifying that processing related to preparation for performing communication with the UE 14 using the CC is performed as a transmission signal to the HeNB 13. The preparation processing unit 1221 receives CA start information from the demodulation unit 1213 as a reception signal from the UE 14.
 なお、準備処理部1221は、UE14からのCA開始情報が入力される代わりに、HeNB13(例えば、HeNB13-1)からのCA準備確認情報が復調部1213から入力されるようにしてもよい。CA準備確認情報とは、CA準備処理が完了したことを確認したことを示す情報である。CA準備確認情報が入力された場合、準備処理部1221は、CA開始情報を生成し、生成したCA開始情報をUE14への送信信号として変調部1214に出力する。これにより、eNB12aは、CA開始情報をUE14に送信する。 Note that the preparation processing unit 1221 may receive CA preparation confirmation information from the HeNB 13 (for example, HeNB 13-1) from the demodulation unit 1213 instead of inputting the CA start information from the UE. The CA preparation confirmation information is information indicating that the CA preparation process has been completed. When the CA preparation confirmation information is input, the preparation processing unit 1221 generates CA start information, and outputs the generated CA start information to the modulation unit 1214 as a transmission signal to the UE 14. Thereby, eNB12a transmits CA start information to UE14.
 帯域管理部1222は、UE14と通信を行う帯域を表すCC情報を生成する。帯域管理部1222は、下りリンクに係るCC情報を無線送信部1215に出力し、上りリンクに係るCC情報を無線受信部1212に送信する。例えば、UE14に対して帯域A1でユーザデータを送信して通信を行う場合、帯域管理部1222は、UE14への帯域A1を表すCC情報を生成する。帯域管理部1222は、生成したCC情報を無線送信部1215に出力する。 The band management unit 1222 generates CC information indicating a band for communicating with the UE 14. The bandwidth management unit 1222 outputs downlink CC information to the radio transmission unit 1215 and transmits uplink CC information to the radio reception unit 1212. For example, when communication is performed by transmitting user data to the UE 14 in the band A1, the band management unit 1222 generates CC information representing the band A1 to the UE 14. Band management unit 1222 outputs the generated CC information to radio transmission unit 1215.
 データ処理部123は、ユーザデータに対する処理を行う処理部である。データ処理部123は、例えば、復調部1213から入力された受信信号から受信ユーザデータを抽出し、抽出した受信ユーザデータを、送受信部121を介して相手先装置へ送信する。データ処理部123は、相手先装置から受信したユーザデータを送信信号として変調部1214に出力する。 The data processing unit 123 is a processing unit that performs processing on user data. For example, the data processing unit 123 extracts received user data from the received signal input from the demodulation unit 1213 and transmits the extracted received user data to the counterpart device via the transmission / reception unit 121. The data processing unit 123 outputs the user data received from the counterpart device to the modulation unit 1214 as a transmission signal.
(HeNBの構成)
 次に、第1の実施形態に係るHeNB13aの構成について説明する。
 図7は、第1の実施形態に係るHeNB13aの構成を表す概略図である。図7に示すHeNB13aは、図1のHeNB13-1、13-2、13-3に相当する。
 HeNB13aは、送受信部131、通信制御部132及びデータ処理部133を含む。
(Configuration of HeNB)
Next, the configuration of the HeNB 13a according to the first embodiment will be described.
FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram illustrating the configuration of the HeNB 13a according to the first embodiment. The HeNB 13a illustrated in FIG. 7 corresponds to the HeNBs 13-1, 13-2, and 13-3 illustrated in FIG.
The HeNB 13a includes a transmission / reception unit 131, a communication control unit 132, and a data processing unit 133.
 送受信部131は、アンテナ部1311、無線受信部1312、復調部1313、変調部1314、及び無線送信部1315を含む。
 アンテナ部1311、無線受信部1312、復調部1313、変調部1314、及び無線送信部1315の構成及び処理は、上述のアンテナ部1211、無線受信部1212、復調部1213、変調部1214、及び無線送信部1215の構成及び処理と同様である。
 データ処理部133の構成及び処理は、上述のデータ処理部123の構成及び処理と同様である。
The transmission / reception unit 131 includes an antenna unit 1311, a wireless reception unit 1312, a demodulation unit 1313, a modulation unit 1314, and a wireless transmission unit 1315.
The configuration and processing of the antenna unit 1311, the wireless reception unit 1312, the demodulation unit 1313, the modulation unit 1314, and the wireless transmission unit 1315 are the same as the above-described antenna unit 1211, wireless reception unit 1212, demodulation unit 1213, modulation unit 1214, and wireless transmission. The configuration and processing of the unit 1215 are the same.
The configuration and processing of the data processing unit 133 are the same as the configuration and processing of the data processing unit 123 described above.
 通信制御部132は、準備処理部1321、同期処理部1322及び帯域管理部1323を含む。 The communication control unit 132 includes a preparation processing unit 1321, a synchronization processing unit 1322, and a bandwidth management unit 1323.
 準備処理部1321には、eNB12aからの受信信号としてCA準備通知情報が復調部1313から入力される。準備処理部1321は、入力されたCA準備通知情報を同期処理部1322及びUE14への帯域B1での送信信号として変調部1314に出力する。準備処理部1321には、UE14からの受信信号としてCA準備確認情報が復調部1313から入力され、入力されたCA準備確認情報を帯域管理部1323に出力する。
 なお、準備処理部1321は、自装置(HeNB13a)と相手先装置との通信路を設定することを要求する通信路設定要求信号をMME15への送信信号として送受信部131に出力するようにしてもよい。その場合、送受信部131からMME15からの受信信号として通信路設定確認信号が入力された後、CA準備通知情報を出力するようにする。また、その場合、eNB12aの準備処理部1221は、通信路設定確認信号を出力する処理を省略してもよい。
CA preparation notification information is input from the demodulation unit 1313 to the preparation processing unit 1321 as a received signal from the eNB 12a. The preparation processing unit 1321 outputs the input CA preparation notification information to the modulation unit 1314 as a transmission signal in the band B1 to the synchronization processing unit 1322 and the UE 14. The preparation processing unit 1321 receives CA preparation confirmation information as a received signal from the UE 14 from the demodulation unit 1313 and outputs the input CA preparation confirmation information to the band management unit 1323.
Note that the preparation processing unit 1321 outputs a communication path setting request signal for requesting setting of a communication path between the own device (HeNB 13a) and the counterpart device to the transmission / reception unit 131 as a transmission signal to the MME 15. Good. In this case, after the communication path setting confirmation signal is input as the reception signal from the MME 15 from the transmission / reception unit 131, the CA preparation notification information is output. In this case, the preparation processing unit 1221 of the eNB 12a may omit the process of outputting the communication path setting confirmation signal.
 同期処理部1322は、CA準備通知情報が準備処理部1321から入力された後、UE14との間で同期処理を行う。同期処理に係る帯域は、CA準備通知情報が表すCC(例えば、帯域B1)である。同期処理部1322は、そのCCを用いて受信したUE14からの受信信号が復調部1213から入力され、入力された受信信号からDMRSを抽出する。同期処理部1322は、予め記憶したDMRSと抽出したDMRSとの相互相関の極大値(ピーク値)をとる遅延時間を算出する。同期処理部1322は、算出した遅延時間に基づいてUE14からの受信信号における各フレームの範囲、即ちフレームタイミングを同定する。同期処理部1322は、同期処理が完了した後、同期処理が完了したことを示す同期処理完了信号を帯域管理部1323に出力する。 The synchronization processing unit 1322 performs synchronization processing with the UE 14 after the CA preparation notification information is input from the preparation processing unit 1321. The band related to the synchronization process is a CC (for example, band B1) represented by the CA preparation notification information. The synchronization processing unit 1322 receives the reception signal from the UE 14 received using the CC from the demodulation unit 1213 and extracts the DMRS from the input reception signal. The synchronization processing unit 1322 calculates a delay time that takes the maximum value (peak value) of the cross-correlation between the DMRS stored in advance and the extracted DMRS. The synchronization processing unit 1322 identifies the range of each frame in the received signal from the UE 14, that is, the frame timing, based on the calculated delay time. After the synchronization processing is completed, the synchronization processing unit 1322 outputs a synchronization processing completion signal indicating that the synchronization processing is completed to the band management unit 1323.
 帯域管理部1323は、同期処理部1322から同期処理完了信号が入力された後、UE14と通信を行う帯域を表すCC情報を生成する。帯域管理部1323は、下りリンクに係るCC情報を無線送信部1315に出力し、上りリンクに係るCC情報を無線受信部1312に送信する。帯域管理部1323は、準備処理部1321から入力されたCA準備確認情報が表すCC情報(例えば、UE14への帯域B1)を生成する。帯域管理部1323は、生成したCC情報を無線送信部1315に出力する。これにより、HeNB13aは、ユーザデータを帯域B1のCCを用いてUE14へ送信し、UE14から受信できるようになる。 The band management unit 1323 generates CC information representing a band for communicating with the UE 14 after the synchronization processing completion signal is input from the synchronization processing unit 1322. The bandwidth management unit 1323 outputs CC information related to the downlink to the radio transmission unit 1315 and transmits CC information related to the uplink to the radio reception unit 1312. The band management unit 1323 generates CC information represented by the CA preparation confirmation information input from the preparation processing unit 1321 (for example, the band B1 to the UE 14). Band management section 1323 outputs the generated CC information to radio transmission section 1315. Thereby, HeNB13a can transmit user data to UE14 using CC of band B1, and can receive from UE14 now.
 データ処理部133は、ユーザデータに対する処理を行う処理部である。データ処理部133の構成及び処理は、データ処理部123と同様である。 The data processing unit 133 is a processing unit that performs processing on user data. The configuration and processing of the data processing unit 133 are the same as those of the data processing unit 123.
(CA処理シーケンス)
 次に、第1の実施形態に係る通信処理について説明する。
 図8は、第1の実施形態に係る通信処理を表すシーケンス図である。
 ここで、当初eNB12aとUE14の間で、帯域A1のCCをPCCとして用いて通信が行われている。図8は、HeNB13-1とUE14との間で、帯域B1のCCをSCCとして用いて通信するまでの過程を表す。
 以下、各基地局装置とUE間の情報の送受信を主に説明し、送受信部121等の処理について割愛する。
(CA processing sequence)
Next, communication processing according to the first embodiment will be described.
FIG. 8 is a sequence diagram illustrating communication processing according to the first embodiment.
Here, communication is initially performed between the eNB 12a and the UE 14 using the CC of the band A1 as the PCC. FIG. 8 shows a process until communication is performed between the HeNB 13-1 and the UE 14 using the CC of the band B1 as the SCC.
Hereinafter, transmission / reception of information between each base station apparatus and the UE will be mainly described, and processing of the transmission / reception unit 121 and the like will be omitted.
(ステップS101a)UE14の通信測定部1421は、eNB12からの受信信号の通信量を測定し、測定した通信量に基づいてCAの要否を判断する。
 CAが必要と判断された場合、UE14の同期処理部1422は、HeNB13から受信信号に含まれる同期信号に基づいて、帯域A1とは異なり、かつ未利用の帯域B1のCCを使用できるHeNB13をサーチする。その後、ステップS102aに進む。
(Step S101a) The communication measurement unit 1421 of the UE 14 measures the communication amount of the received signal from the eNB 12, and determines whether or not CA is necessary based on the measured communication amount.
When it is determined that the CA is necessary, the synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 searches for the HeNB 13 that is different from the band A1 and can use the CC of the unused band B1, based on the synchronization signal included in the received signal from the HeNB 13. To do. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S102a.
(ステップS102a)UE14の同期処理部1422は、ステップS101aにおいて検出したHeNB13(図8の例では、HeNB13-1)に対するCA要求情報としてPIを生成し、生成したPIを帯域A1のCCを用いてeNB12に送信する。その後、ステップS103aに進む。 (Step S102a) The synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 generates a PI as CA request information for the HeNB 13 (HeNB 13-1 in the example of FIG. 8) detected in Step S101a, and uses the generated PI using the CC of the band A1. It transmits to eNB12. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S103a.
(ステップS103a)eNB12の準備処理部1221は、UE14からCA要求情報を受信した後、CA準備処理を行う。準備処理部1221は、例えば、受信したCA要求情報が表すHeNB13-1と相手先装置との間の通信路を設定することを示す通信路設定要求信号をMME15に送信する。準備処理部1221は、MME15から通信路設定要求信号を受信した後で、CA準備通知情報をHeNB13-1に送信する。その後、ステップS104aに進む。 (Step S103a) After receiving the CA request information from the UE 14, the preparation processing unit 1221 of the eNB 12 performs CA preparation processing. For example, the preparation processing unit 1221 transmits to the MME 15 a communication path setting request signal indicating that a communication path between the HeNB 13-1 represented by the received CA request information and the counterpart device is set. After receiving the communication path setting request signal from the MME 15, the preparation processing unit 1221 transmits CA preparation notification information to the HeNB 13-1. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S104a.
(ステップS104a)HeNB13-1の準備処理部1321は、eNB12から受信したCA準備通知情報を帯域B1のCCを用いてUE14に送信する。その後、ステップS105aに進む。 (Step S104a) The preparation processing unit 1321 of the HeNB 13-1 transmits the CA preparation notification information received from the eNB 12 to the UE 14 using the CC of the band B1. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S105a.
(ステップS105a)UE14の同期処理部1422は、HeNB13-1からCA準備通知情報を受信した後、HeNB13-1との間で帯域B1のCCについて同期処理を行う。HeNB13-1の同期処理部1322は、準備処理部1321からCA準備通知情報が入力された後、UE14との間で帯域B1のCCについて同期処理を行う。その後、ステップS106aに進む。 (Step S105a) After receiving the CA preparation notification information from the HeNB 13-1, the synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 performs synchronization processing on the CC in the band B1 with the HeNB 13-1. After the CA preparation notification information is input from the preparation processing unit 1321, the synchronization processing unit 1322 of the HeNB 13-1 performs synchronization processing on the CC in the band B 1 with the UE 14. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S106a.
(ステップS106a)UE14の同期処理部1422は、CA準備確認情報(ACK)を生成し、生成したCA準備確認情報をHeNB13-1に送信する。HeNB13-1の帯域管理部1323は、UE14への帯域B1を表すCC情報を生成し、生成したCC情報を無線受信部1412及び無線送信部1415に出力する。その後、ステップS107aに進む。 (Step S106a) The synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 generates CA preparation confirmation information (ACK), and transmits the generated CA preparation confirmation information to the HeNB 13-1. The band management unit 1323 of the HeNB 13-1 generates CC information indicating the band B1 to the UE 14, and outputs the generated CC information to the radio reception unit 1412 and the radio transmission unit 1415. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S107a.
(ステップS107a)UE14の帯域管理部1423は、HeNB13-1への帯域B1を表すCC情報を生成し、生成したCC情報を無線受信部1412及び無線送信部1415に出力する。UE14の帯域管理部1423は、帯域B1のCCを用いてHeNB13-1とのCAが開始したことを表すCA開始情報を生成し、生成したCA開始情報を帯域A1のCCを用いてeNB12に送信する。その後、ステップS108aに進む。 (Step S107a) The band management unit 1423 of the UE 14 generates CC information indicating the band B1 to the HeNB 13-1, and outputs the generated CC information to the radio reception unit 1412 and the radio transmission unit 1415. The band management unit 1423 of the UE 14 generates CA start information indicating that CA with the HeNB 13-1 has started using the CC of the band B1, and transmits the generated CA start information to the eNB 12 using the CC of the band A1. To do. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S108a.
(ステップS108a)HeNB13-1及びUE14は、帯域B1のCCを用いて通信を開始する。即ち、UE14は、帯域B1のCCを用いてHeNB13-1を介して相手先装置からのユーザデータを受信信号として受信し、相手先装置へのユーザデータを送信信号として送信する。その後、処理を終了する。 (Step S108a) The HeNB 13-1 and the UE 14 start communication using the CC of the band B1. That is, the UE 14 receives user data from the counterpart device as a reception signal via the HeNB 13-1 using the CC of the band B1, and transmits user data to the counterpart device as a transmission signal. Thereafter, the process ends.
 次に、上述のステップS101aにおけるHeNBサーチ処理について説明する。
 図9は、第1の実施形態に係るHeNBサーチ処理を表すフローチャートである。
Next, the HeNB search process in step S101a described above will be described.
FIG. 9 is a flowchart showing the HeNB search process according to the first embodiment.
(ステップS1011a)UE14の通信測定部1421は、復調部1413から入力された受信信号に基づいてeNB12との通信量を測定する。その後、ステップS1012aに進む。 (Step S1011a) The communication measurement unit 1421 of the UE 14 measures the communication amount with the eNB 12 based on the received signal input from the demodulation unit 1413. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S1012a.
(ステップS1012a)通信測定部1421は、測定した通信量に基づいてCAの要否を判断する。通信測定部1421は、例えば、測定した通信量が予め定めた通信量よりも大きい場合、CAを要すると判断する。通信測定部1421は、測定した通信量が、予め定めた通信量と同等、又はそれよりも小さい場合、CAは不要と判断する。CAを要すると判断された場合(ステップS1012a Y)、ステップS1013aに進む。CAは不要と判断された場合(ステップS1012a N)、処理を終了する。 (Step S1012a) The communication measuring unit 1421 determines whether or not CA is necessary based on the measured communication volume. For example, when the measured communication volume is larger than the predetermined communication volume, the communication measurement unit 1421 determines that CA is required. The communication measuring unit 1421 determines that the CA is unnecessary when the measured communication volume is equal to or smaller than the predetermined communication volume. When it is determined that CA is required (step S1012a Y), the process proceeds to step S1013a. If it is determined that the CA is not necessary (step S1012a N), the process ends.
(ステップS1013a)同期処理部1422は、HeNB13-1から受信した受信信号から同期信号を抽出する。同期処理部1422は、抽出した同期信号に基づいてUE14が在圏するセルを有し、新たなCCを使用できるHeNB13をサーチする。新たなCCを使用できるHeNB13を検出できた場合(ステップS1013a Y)、ステップS102a(図8参照)に進む。新たなCCを使用できるHeNB13を検出できなかった場合(ステップS1013a N)、処理を終了する。 (Step S1013a) The synchronization processing unit 1422 extracts a synchronization signal from the reception signal received from the HeNB 13-1. Based on the extracted synchronization signal, the synchronization processing unit 1422 searches for a HeNB 13 that has a cell where the UE 14 is located and can use a new CC. When a HeNB 13 that can use a new CC has been detected (step S1013a Y), the process proceeds to step S102a (see FIG. 8). When a HeNB 13 that can use a new CC cannot be detected (step S1013a N), the process is terminated.
 なお、同期処理部1422において、新たなCCを使用できるHeNB13を検出する処理(HeNBサーチ)を行う回数は1回には限られない。同期処理部1422は、かかるHeNB13を発見するまで、HeNBサーチを繰り返してもよい。但し、予め定めた回数(例えば、3回)又は予め定めた時間(例えば、30秒間)HeNBサーチを繰り返しても、かかるHeNBを発見できなかった場合には、同期処理部1422は、CAが実現できないと判断する。同期処理部1422は、CAが実現できないと判断したとき、さらに予め定めた時間(例えば、180秒)経過した後に、HeNBサーチを繰り返してもよい。また、同期処理部1422は、予め定めた時間間隔(例えば、180秒)で、HeNBサーチを繰り返してもよい。また、同期処理部1422は、HeNBサーチを停止し、CA不能情報(NACK)をeNB12への送信信号として変調部1414に出力してもよい。なお、同期処理部1422は、通信測定部1421が測定した通信量が、予め定めた通信量を越えない状態になった場合には、HeNBサーチを停止してもよい。その場合には、同期処理部1422は、CA不能情報を出力しなくともよい。 In the synchronization processing unit 1422, the number of times of performing processing (HeNB search) for detecting the HeNB 13 that can use a new CC is not limited to one. The synchronization processing unit 1422 may repeat the HeNB search until the HeNB 13 is found. However, if the HeNB is not found even after repeating the HeNB search for a predetermined number of times (for example, three times) or for a predetermined time (for example, 30 seconds), the synchronization processing unit 1422 implements CA. Judge that it is not possible. When it is determined that CA cannot be realized, the synchronization processing unit 1422 may repeat the HeNB search after a predetermined time (for example, 180 seconds) has elapsed. Further, the synchronization processing unit 1422 may repeat the HeNB search at a predetermined time interval (for example, 180 seconds). Further, the synchronization processing unit 1422 may stop the HeNB search and output CA impossible information (NACK) to the modulation unit 1414 as a transmission signal to the eNB 12. Note that the synchronization processing unit 1422 may stop the HeNB search when the communication amount measured by the communication measurement unit 1421 does not exceed a predetermined communication amount. In that case, the synchronization processing unit 1422 may not output the CA impossibility information.
(変形例1-1)
 次に、第1の実施形態の一変形例について説明する。
 変形例1-1では、UE14の同期処理部1422は、HeNB13-1とのCAを要求することを表し、特定の形式のコマンドで表されるCA要求情報(CA要求コマンド)を生成する。
(Modification 1-1)
Next, a modification of the first embodiment will be described.
In the modified example 1-1, the synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 represents requesting CA with the HeNB 13-1, and generates CA request information (CA request command) represented by a command in a specific format.
 図10は、第1の実施形態に係る通信処理の一変形例を表すシーケンス図である。
 図10に示す通信処理は、ステップS101a、S103a-S108aを有する点で、図8が表す通信処理と共通する。但し、図10が表す通信処理は、図8が表す通信処理が有するステップS102aの代わりにステップS202aを有する。ここでは、ステップS101aの後で、ステップS202aを実行する。
FIG. 10 is a sequence diagram illustrating a modification of the communication process according to the first embodiment.
The communication process shown in FIG. 10 is common to the communication process shown in FIG. 8 in that it includes steps S101a and S103a to S108a. However, the communication process illustrated in FIG. 10 includes step S202a instead of step S102a included in the communication process illustrated in FIG. Here, step S202a is executed after step S101a.
(ステップS202a)UE14の同期処理部1422は、ステップS101aにおいて発見されたHeNB13-1に対するCA要求情報であって、特定の形式のコマンドで表されるCA要求情報を生成する。同期処理部1422は、生成したCA要求情報を帯域A1のCCを用いてeNB12に送信する。その後、ステップS103aに進む。 (Step S202a) The synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 generates CA request information for the HeNB 13-1 discovered in Step S101a and represented by a command in a specific format. The synchronization processing unit 1422 transmits the generated CA request information to the eNB 12 using the CC of the band A1. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S103a.
(変形例1-2)
 次に、第1の実施形態に係る他の変形例について説明する。
 変形例1-2では、UE14の同期処理部1422が生成したCA要求情報を他のコマンド情報に追加してeNB12に送信する。他のコマンド情報は、例えば、通信測定部1421が生成した品質情報である。通信測定部1421は、生成した品質情報に算出した通信量を表す通信量情報を含めてもよい。通信測定部1421は、同期処理部1422からCA要求信号が入力された場合には、CA要求信号を品質情報に追加してeNB12への出力信号として変調部1414に出力する。
(Modification 1-2)
Next, another modification according to the first embodiment will be described.
In Modification 1-2, the CA request information generated by the synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 is added to other command information and transmitted to the eNB 12. The other command information is, for example, quality information generated by the communication measuring unit 1421. The communication measuring unit 1421 may include communication amount information representing the calculated communication amount in the generated quality information. When the CA request signal is input from the synchronization processing unit 1422, the communication measurement unit 1421 adds the CA request signal to the quality information and outputs it to the modulation unit 1414 as an output signal to the eNB 12.
 図11は、第1の実施形態に係る通信処理の他の変形例を表すシーケンス図である。
 図11に示す通信処理は、ステップS101a、S302a、S103a-S108aを有する。図11の通信処理は、ステップS101a、S103a-S108aを有する点で、図8が表す通信処理と共通する。但し、図11が表す通信処理は、図8が表す通信処理が有するステップS102aの代わりにステップS302aを有する。ここでは、ステップS101aの後で、ステップS302aを実行する。
FIG. 11 is a sequence diagram illustrating another modified example of the communication process according to the first embodiment.
The communication process shown in FIG. 11 includes steps S101a, S302a, and S103a-S108a. The communication process in FIG. 11 is common to the communication process shown in FIG. 8 in that it includes steps S101a and S103a to S108a. However, the communication process illustrated in FIG. 11 includes step S302a instead of step S102a included in the communication process illustrated in FIG. Here, step S302a is executed after step S101a.
(ステップS302a)UE14の同期処理部1422は、ステップS101aにおいて検出したHeNB13-1とのCAを要求することを表すCA要求情報を生成し、生成したCA要求情報を通信測定部1421に出力する。通信測定部1421は、同期処理部1422から入力されたCA要求情報を品質情報の一部(他のコマンド)として追加する。通信測定部1421は、品質情報の一部として追加されたCA要求情報をeNB12に送信する。その後、ステップS103aに進む。
 なお、ステップS103aにおいて、eNB12の準備処理部1221は、UE14から受信した品質情報からCA要求情報を抽出する。
(Step S302a) The synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 generates CA request information indicating that a CA with the HeNB 13-1 detected in Step S101a is requested, and outputs the generated CA request information to the communication measurement unit 1421. The communication measurement unit 1421 adds the CA request information input from the synchronization processing unit 1422 as a part of the quality information (another command). The communication measurement unit 1421 transmits the CA request information added as part of the quality information to the eNB 12. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S103a.
In step S103a, the preparation processing unit 1221 of the eNB 12 extracts CA request information from the quality information received from the UE 14.
(変形例1-3)
 次に、第1の実施形態に係る他の変形例について説明する。
 変形例1-3では、UE14の同期処理部1422が、新たなCCを使用できるHeNB13を複数検出した場合には、検出した複数のHeNB13のうちの1個(例えば、帯域B1、HeNB13-1)選択する。同期処理部1422は、例えば、通信測定部1421から各HeNB13から受信された品質情報が入力され、入力された品質情報が表す通信品質が最も高いCCのHeNB13(ベストセル)を選択する。同期処理部1422は、選択したCCのHeNB13に対するCA要求情報を生成し、生成したCA要求情報をそのHeNB13への送信信号として変調部1414に出力する。
(Modification 1-3)
Next, another modification according to the first embodiment will be described.
In Modification 1-3, when the synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 detects a plurality of HeNBs 13 that can use a new CC, one of the detected plurality of HeNBs 13 (for example, the band B1 and the HeNB 13-1) select. The synchronization processing unit 1422 receives, for example, the quality information received from each HeNB 13 from the communication measurement unit 1421, and selects the HeNB 13 (best cell) of the CC having the highest communication quality represented by the input quality information. The synchronization processing unit 1422 generates CA request information for the HeNB 13 of the selected CC, and outputs the generated CA request information to the modulation unit 1414 as a transmission signal to the HeNB 13.
 図12は、第1の実施形態に係る通信処理の他の変形例を表すシーケンス図である。
 図12に示す通信処理は、ステップS101a、S401a、S102a-S108aを有する。図12の通信処理は、ステップS101a-S108aを有する点で、図8が表す通信処理と共通する。但し、図12の通信処理では、ステップS101aの後で、ステップS401aを実行する。
FIG. 12 is a sequence diagram illustrating another modified example of the communication process according to the first embodiment.
The communication process shown in FIG. 12 includes steps S101a, S401a, and S102a-S108a. The communication process of FIG. 12 is common to the communication process shown in FIG. 8 in that it includes steps S101a to S108a. However, in the communication process of FIG. 12, step S401a is executed after step S101a.
(ステップS401a)同期処理部1422は、新たなCCを使用できるHeNB13が複数検出した場合には、通信品質が最も高いCCのHeNB13(図12の例では、帯域B1、HeNB13-1)を1個選択する。同期処理部1422は、例えば、通信測定部1421から各HeNB13から受信された品質情報が入力され、入力された品質情報が表す通信品質が最も高いCCのHeNB13-1をベストセルとして選択する。その後、ステップS102aに進む。
 なお、ステップS102aでは、同期処理部1422は、ベストセルのPIをCA要求情報として生成し、生成したPIをeNB12に送信する。
(Step S401a) When a plurality of HeNBs 13 that can use a new CC are detected, the synchronization processing unit 1422 has one HeNB 13 (band B1, HeNB 13-1 in the example of FIG. 12) having the highest communication quality. select. For example, the quality information received from each HeNB 13 from the communication measurement unit 1421 is input to the synchronization processing unit 1422, and the HeNB 13-1 of the CC having the highest communication quality represented by the input quality information is selected as the best cell. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S102a.
In step S102a, the synchronization processing unit 1422 generates the PI of the best cell as CA request information, and transmits the generated PI to the eNB 12.
 第1の実施形態ではUE14において、下りリンクの受信信号の情報量に基づいてCAの要否を判断し、下りリンク、上りリンクともにCAを行う場合を例にとって説明した。第1の実施形態では、これには限られず、下りリンクのみCAを行ってもよい。
 第1の実施形態ではUE14において、上りリンクの通信量に基づいて、CAの要否を判断するようにしてもよい。ここで、通信測定部1421は、復調部1413から入力された受信信号の代わりに、データ処理部143から入力された送信信号に基づいて接続先の基地局装置(例えば、eNB12)との通信に係る上りリンクの通信量を算出する。この場合、上りリンクのみCAを行ってもよい。
In the first embodiment, a case has been described as an example where the UE 14 determines whether or not CA is necessary based on the information amount of the downlink received signal and performs CA for both the downlink and the uplink. In 1st Embodiment, it is not restricted to this, You may perform CA only for a downlink.
In the first embodiment, the UE 14 may determine whether the CA is necessary based on the uplink traffic. Here, the communication measurement unit 1421 performs communication with the connection destination base station apparatus (for example, the eNB 12) based on the transmission signal input from the data processing unit 143 instead of the reception signal input from the demodulation unit 1413. The uplink traffic is calculated. In this case, CA may be performed only for the uplink.
 なお、UE14において、上りリンクの通信量と下りリンクの通信量との合計通信量に基づいて、CAの要否を判断するようにしてもよい。ここで、通信測定部1421は、上述の処理を行って算出した下りリンクの通信量と上りリンクの通信量とを合算して合計通信量を算出する。通信測定部1421は、算出した合計通信量に基づいてCAの要否を判断する。 Note that the UE 14 may determine whether or not the CA is necessary based on the total communication amount of the uplink communication amount and the downlink communication amount. Here, the communication measurement unit 1421 calculates the total communication amount by adding the downlink communication amount and the uplink communication amount calculated by performing the above-described processing. The communication measuring unit 1421 determines whether or not the CA is necessary based on the calculated total communication amount.
 以上に説明したように、第1の実施形態は、eNB12と、セル32の一部の領域をセル33とするHeNB13と、UE14とを備える通信システム1aに係る。第1の実施形態において、UE14は、eNB12と周波数帯域A1を用いて通信し、UE14は、周波数帯域A1とは異なる周波数帯域B1を用いてHeNB13との通信を要求することを表すCA要求情報を生成する。UE14は、生成した要求情報をeNB12に送信する。従って、第1の実施形態では、UE14は、eNB12との周波数帯域A1における通信状況に応じてUE14と周波数帯域B1で通信可能なHeNB13-1との通信を要求するため、周波数リソースの利用効率が低下しない。 As described above, the first embodiment relates to a communication system 1 a including the eNB 12, the HeNB 13 having a partial region of the cell 32 as the cell 33, and the UE 14. In the first embodiment, the UE 14 communicates with the eNB 12 using the frequency band A1, and the UE 14 includes CA request information indicating that the UE 14 requests communication with the HeNB 13 using the frequency band B1 different from the frequency band A1. Generate. The UE 14 transmits the generated request information to the eNB 12. Therefore, in the first embodiment, the UE 14 requests communication between the UE 14 and the HeNB 13-1 that can communicate in the frequency band B1 according to the communication status with the eNB 12 in the frequency band A1, and therefore, the frequency resource utilization efficiency is high. It does not decline.
(第2の実施形態)
 次に本発明に係る第2の実施形態について説明する。第1の実施形態と構成及び処理が共通する部分については同一の符号を付する。
 第2の実施形態に係る通信システム2aは、eNB22と、そのセル32の一部の領域をセル33とするHeNB13と、UE14とを備える通信システムに係る。eNB22は、UE14と帯域A1を用いて通信し、帯域A1とは異なる帯域B1を用いてHeNB13とUE14との通信を要求することを表すCA要求情報を生成し、CA要求情報をUE14に送信する。
(Second Embodiment)
Next, a second embodiment according to the present invention will be described. Portions having the same configuration and processing as those of the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals.
The communication system 2 a according to the second embodiment relates to a communication system including the eNB 22, the HeNB 13 having a partial region of the cell 32 as the cell 33, and the UE 14. The eNB 22 communicates with the UE 14 using the band A1, generates CA request information indicating that communication between the HeNB 13 and the UE 14 is requested using the band B1 different from the band A1, and transmits the CA request information to the UE 14. .
 図13は、第2の実施形態に係る通信システム2aを表す概略図である。
 第2の実施形態に係る通信システム2aは、RAN11、eNB22、HeNB13-1~13-3、UE14、及びMME15を含む。即ち、通信システム2aは、RAN11、HeNB13-1~13-3、UE14、及びMME15を備える点で通信システム1a(図4参照)と共通する。通信システム2aは、eNB12の代わりにeNB22を備える点で通信システム1aと異なる。
FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram illustrating a communication system 2a according to the second embodiment.
The communication system 2a according to the second embodiment includes a RAN 11, an eNB 22, HeNBs 13-1 to 13-3, a UE 14, and an MME 15. That is, the communication system 2a is common to the communication system 1a (see FIG. 4) in that it includes the RAN 11, the HeNBs 13-1 to 13-3, the UE 14, and the MME 15. The communication system 2a differs from the communication system 1a in that an eNB 22 is provided instead of the eNB 12.
 図14は、第2の実施形態に係るeNB22の構成を表す概略図である。図14に示すeNB22aは、図1のeNB12に相当する。
 eNB22は、送受信部121、通信制御部222、及びデータ処理部123を含む。通信制御部222は、準備処理部1221、帯域管理部1222の他、さらに通信測定部2223を含む。
 通信測定部2223は、UE14から受信した受信信号の通信量に基づいて、CAの要否を判断する。通信測定部2223は、復調部1213から入力された受信信号に基づいて接続先のUE14との周波数帯域A1のCCを用いた通信に係る通信量を測定する。通信測定部2223は、算出した通信量が、予め定めた通信量よりも大きいか否か判断する。
予め定めた通信量よりも大きいと判断された場合、通信測定部2223は、CA要求情報を生成する。生成したCA要求情報は、eNB22がUE14との通信に用いているCCの帯域A1とは異なる新たな帯域B1のCCを用いてHeNB13とUE14との通信を要求することを示す。かかる通信は、いずれもUE14と相手先装置との間におけるユーザデータの送受信に関わる。
 通信測定部2223は、生成したCA要求情報をUE14への送信信号として変調部1214に出力する。
FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram illustrating the configuration of the eNB 22 according to the second embodiment. An eNB 22a illustrated in FIG. 14 corresponds to the eNB 12 illustrated in FIG.
The eNB 22 includes a transmission / reception unit 121, a communication control unit 222, and a data processing unit 123. The communication control unit 222 includes a communication measurement unit 2223 in addition to the preparation processing unit 1221 and the bandwidth management unit 1222.
The communication measurement unit 2223 determines whether or not CA is necessary based on the communication amount of the received signal received from the UE 14. The communication measurement unit 2223 measures the amount of communication related to communication using the CC in the frequency band A1 with the UE 14 as the connection destination based on the received signal input from the demodulation unit 1213. The communication measuring unit 2223 determines whether the calculated communication amount is larger than a predetermined communication amount.
When it is determined that the communication amount is larger than the predetermined communication amount, the communication measurement unit 2223 generates CA request information. The generated CA request information indicates that the eNB 22 requests communication between the HeNB 13 and the UE 14 using a CC in a new band B1 different from the CC band A1 used for communication with the UE 14. Such communication is related to transmission / reception of user data between the UE 14 and the counterpart device.
The communication measurement unit 2223 outputs the generated CA request information to the modulation unit 1214 as a transmission signal to the UE 14.
 UE14の同期処理部1422には、CA要求情報がeNB22からの受信信号として復調部1413から入力される。同期処理部1422は、CA要求情報が入力された後、上述したHeNBサーチを実行する。同期処理部1422は、HeNBサーチが完了した後、CA要求情報を受信したことを示すCA要求確認情報(ACK)を生成し、生成したCA要求確認情報をeNB22への送信信号として変調部1414に出力する。
 その後、eNB22の準備処理部1221には、UE14からの受信信号としてCA要求確認情報が復調部1213から入力される。その後、準備処理部1221は、上述したCA準備処理を行う。
The CA request information is input from the demodulation unit 1413 to the synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 as a reception signal from the eNB 22. The synchronization processing unit 1422 executes the above-described HeNB search after the CA request information is input. After completing the HeNB search, the synchronization processing unit 1422 generates CA request confirmation information (ACK) indicating that the CA request information has been received, and transmits the generated CA request confirmation information to the modulation unit 1414 as a transmission signal to the eNB 22. Output.
Thereafter, CA request confirmation information is input from the demodulation unit 1213 to the preparation processing unit 1221 of the eNB 22 as a reception signal from the UE 14. Thereafter, the preparation processing unit 1221 performs the CA preparation processing described above.
 次に、第2の実施形態に係る通信処理について説明する。
 図15は、第2の実施形態に係る通信処理を表すシーケンス図である。
 図15に示す通信処理は、ステップS501a、S101a、S502a、及びS103a-S108aを有する。図15の通信処理は、ステップS101a、S103a-S108aを有する点で、図8に示す通信処理と共通する。但し、ここでは、ステップS501aの後でステップS101aを実行し、ステップS101aの後でステップS502aを実行する。
Next, communication processing according to the second embodiment will be described.
FIG. 15 is a sequence diagram illustrating communication processing according to the second embodiment.
The communication process shown in FIG. 15 includes steps S501a, S101a, S502a, and S103a-S108a. The communication process of FIG. 15 is common to the communication process shown in FIG. 8 in that it includes steps S101a and S103a to S108a. However, step S101a is executed after step S501a, and step S502a is executed after step S101a.
(ステップS501a)通信測定部2223は、UE14から受信した受信信号の通信量に基づいて、CAの要否を判断する。通信測定部2223は、通信量が予め定めた通信量よりも大きいと判断された場合、通信測定部2223は、CA要求情報を生成し、生成したCA要求情報をUE14へ送信する。その後、ステップS101aに進む。ステップS101aにおいて、UE14の通信測定部1421は、通信量の測定、及びCAの要否判断にかかる処理(図9、ステップS1011a、S1012a参照)を省略してもよい。 (Step S501a) The communication measurement unit 2223 determines whether or not CA is necessary based on the communication amount of the received signal received from the UE 14. If the communication measurement unit 2223 determines that the communication amount is larger than the predetermined communication amount, the communication measurement unit 2223 generates CA request information and transmits the generated CA request information to the UE 14. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S101a. In step S101a, the communication measurement unit 1421 of the UE 14 may omit the processing related to the measurement of communication traffic and the necessity determination of CA (see FIG. 9, steps S1011a and S1012a).
(ステップS502a)UE14の同期処理部1422は、HeNBサーチ(図9、ステップS1013a参照)が完了した後、CA要求確認情報を生成し、生成したCA要求確認情報をeNB22へ送信する。その後、eNB22の準備処理部1221は、UE14からCA要求確認情報が受信され、ステップS103aに進む。 (Step S502a) The synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 generates CA request confirmation information after the HeNB search (see FIG. 9, step S1013a) is completed, and transmits the generated CA request confirmation information to the eNB 22. Thereafter, the preparation processing unit 1221 of the eNB 22 receives the CA request confirmation information from the UE 14, and proceeds to Step S103a.
 第2の実施形態では、上述した第1の実施形態の変形例1-3と同様に、ステップS101aにおいて、同期処理部1422が、新たなCCを使用できるHeNB13が複数検出された場合には、通信品質が最も高いCCのHeNB13を1個選択するようにしてもよい。 In the second embodiment, as in Modification 1-3 of the first embodiment described above, in step S101a, when the synchronization processing unit 1422 detects a plurality of HeNBs 13 that can use a new CC, You may make it select one HeNB13 of CC with the highest communication quality.
 第2の実施形態ではeNB22において、上りリンクの受信信号の情報量に基づいてCAの要否を判断し、上りリンク、下りリンクともにCAを行う場合を例にとって説明した。第2の実施形態では、これには限られず、上りリンクのみCAを行ってもよい。
 第2の実施形態ではeNB22において、下りリンクの通信量に基づいて、CAの要否を判断するようにしてもよい。ここで、通信測定部2223は、復調部1213から入力された受信信号の代わりに、データ処理部123から入力された受信信号に基づいて接続先のUE14との通信に係る下りリンクの通信量を算出する。この場合、下りリンクのみCAを行ってもよい。
 なお、eNB22において、上りリンクの通信量と下りリンクの通信量との合計通信量に基づいて、CAの要否を判断するようにしてもよい。ここで、通信測定部2223は、上述の処理を行って算出した下りリンクの通信量と上りリンクの通信量とを合算して合計通信量を算出する。通信測定部2223は、算出した合計通信量に基づいてCAの要否を判断する。
In the second embodiment, the case where the eNB 22 determines whether the CA is necessary based on the information amount of the uplink received signal and performs CA for both the uplink and the downlink has been described as an example. In 2nd Embodiment, it is not restricted to this, You may perform CA only for an uplink.
In the second embodiment, the eNB 22 may determine whether or not CA is necessary based on the downlink traffic. Here, the communication measurement unit 2223 calculates the downlink communication amount related to the communication with the UE 14 as the connection destination based on the reception signal input from the data processing unit 123 instead of the reception signal input from the demodulation unit 1213. calculate. In this case, CA may be performed only for the downlink.
Note that the eNB 22 may determine whether the CA is necessary based on the total communication amount of the uplink communication amount and the downlink communication amount. Here, the communication measurement unit 2223 calculates the total communication amount by adding the downlink communication amount and the uplink communication amount calculated by performing the above-described processing. The communication measuring unit 2223 determines whether or not CA is necessary based on the calculated total traffic.
 以上に説明したように、第2の実施形態は、eNB22と、そのセル32の一部の領域をセル33とするHeNB13と、UE14とを備える通信システム2aに係る。第2の実施形態において、eNB22は、UE14と周波数帯域A1を用いて通信し、eNB22は、周波数帯域A1とは異なる周波数帯域B1を用いてHeNB13とUE14との通信を要求することを表すCA要求情報を生成する。eNB22は、生成したCA要求情報をUE14に送信する。従って、第2の実施形態では、eNB22は、UE14との周波数帯域A1における通信状況に応じてUE14と周波数帯域B1を用いた通信を要求するため、周波数リソースの利用効率が低下しない。 As described above, the second embodiment relates to a communication system 2 a including the eNB 22, the HeNB 13 whose partial area of the cell 32 is the cell 33, and the UE 14. In the second embodiment, the eNB 22 communicates with the UE 14 using the frequency band A1, and the eNB 22 requests the communication between the HeNB 13 and the UE 14 using the frequency band B1 different from the frequency band A1. Generate information. The eNB 22 transmits the generated CA request information to the UE 14. Therefore, in the second embodiment, the eNB 22 requests communication using the UE 14 and the frequency band B1 in accordance with the communication status with the UE 14 in the frequency band A1, so that the use efficiency of the frequency resource does not decrease.
(第3の実施形態)
 以下、図面を参照しながら本発明の第3の実施形態について説明する。
 第3の実施形態に係る通信システム1bを表す概念図は、第1の実施形態に係る通信システム1aを表す概念図を示す図1と同様であるため、その説明を省略する。
 また、第3の実施形態に係る通信システム1bの構成を表す概略図は、第1の実施形態に係る通信システム1bの構成を表す概略図を示す図4と同様であるため、その説明を省略する。
 また、第3の実施形態に係るUEの構成を表す概略図は、第1の実施形態に係るUEの構成を表す概略図を示す図5と同様であるため、その説明を省略する。
(Third embodiment)
The third embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.
Since the conceptual diagram showing the communication system 1b which concerns on 3rd Embodiment is the same as that of FIG. 1 which shows the conceptual diagram showing the communication system 1a which concerns on 1st Embodiment, the description is abbreviate | omitted.
Further, a schematic diagram showing the configuration of the communication system 1b according to the third embodiment is the same as FIG. 4 showing the schematic diagram showing the configuration of the communication system 1b according to the first embodiment, and thus the description thereof is omitted. To do.
Moreover, since the schematic diagram showing the structure of UE which concerns on 3rd Embodiment is the same as that of FIG. 5 which shows the schematic diagram showing the structure of UE which concerns on 1st Embodiment, the description is abbreviate | omitted.
 図16A及び図16Bは、データの送受信に用いられる周波数帯域の一例を表す概念図である。図16A及び図16Bともに、横軸は周波数を表す。
 図16Aは、CA処理前において、HeNB13-1がUE14へ帯域B2のPCCを用いてデータを送信することを表す。図16Bは、CA処理後において、HeNB13-1がUE14へ帯域B2のPCC(Primary Component Carrier、プライマリコンポーネントキャリア)を用いてデータを送信するのと同時に、eNB12がUE14へ帯域A2のSCC(Secondary Component Carrier、セカンダリコンポーネントキャリア)を用いてデータを送信することを表す。
16A and 16B are conceptual diagrams showing an example of a frequency band used for data transmission / reception. In both FIG. 16A and FIG. 16B, the horizontal axis represents frequency.
FIG. 16A shows that the HeNB 13-1 transmits data to the UE 14 using the PCC in the band B2 before the CA process. FIG. 16B shows that, after CA processing, the HeNB 13-1 transmits data to the UE 14 using the PCC (Primary Component Carrier) of the band B2 to the UE 14, and at the same time, the eNB 12 transmits an SCC (Secondary Component) of the band A2 to the UE 14. (Carrier, secondary component carrier) represents data transmission.
 このとき、UE14は、帯域A2と帯域B2を用いて同一の相手側装置(例えば、他の移動局装置)からのデータを、それぞれHeNB13-1、eNB12を介して受信する。従って、CAは、同一の相手側装置との通信に複数のCCを同時に利用することで仮想的に周波数帯域を拡張することを指す。また、CAは、拡張した周波数帯域を用いて通信することを指すこともある。上述の例では、HeNB(小型基地局装置)13-1とUE(移動局装置)14の間で、帯域を拡張する前に当初から用いていた帯域が帯域B2(第1の周波数帯域)である。帯域を拡張する際、eNB12(マクロセル基地局装置)とUE14(移動局装置)の間で、新たに追加した帯域が帯域A2(第2の周波数帯域)である。つまり、CAとは、帯域B2(第1の周波数帯域)と帯域A2(第2の周波数帯域)を集約して、UE14と相手先装置との通信を行うことである。 At this time, the UE 14 receives data from the same counterpart device (for example, another mobile station device) via the HeNB 13-1 and the eNB 12, respectively, using the band A2 and the band B2. Therefore, CA refers to virtually expanding the frequency band by simultaneously using a plurality of CCs for communication with the same counterpart device. CA may also refer to communication using an expanded frequency band. In the above example, the band used from the beginning before expanding the band between the HeNB (small base station apparatus) 13-1 and the UE (mobile station apparatus) 14 is the band B2 (first frequency band). is there. When extending the band, the newly added band between the eNB 12 (macrocell base station apparatus) and the UE 14 (mobile station apparatus) is the band A2 (second frequency band). That is, CA is to aggregate the band B2 (first frequency band) and the band A2 (second frequency band) and perform communication between the UE 14 and the counterpart device.
 集約されるCC同士は、図16A及び図16Bに示すように互いに離れた周波数帯域であってもよいし、互いに隣接した周波数帯域であってもよい。各CCの帯域は、いかなる帯域(例えば、800MHz、2.4GHz、3.4GHzのいずれか)でもよい。各CCの帯域幅は、いかなる帯域幅(例えば、1.4MHz、3MHz、5MHz、10MHz、15MHz、20MHzのいずれか)であってもよい。また、上りリンクと下りリンクとで各CCの帯域幅、中心周波数が異なってもよい。 The CCs to be aggregated may be frequency bands that are separated from each other as shown in FIGS. 16A and 16B, or may be frequency bands that are adjacent to each other. The band of each CC may be any band (for example, any one of 800 MHz, 2.4 GHz, and 3.4 GHz). The bandwidth of each CC may be any bandwidth (for example, any of 1.4 MHz, 3 MHz, 5 MHz, 10 MHz, 15 MHz, and 20 MHz). Further, the bandwidth and center frequency of each CC may be different between the uplink and the downlink.
 ここで、PCCは、例えばUE14が行う受信品質等の測定制御、下りリンクの無線リンク障害の検出、上りリンク制御チャネルの送信の基準となる周波数帯域である。PCCは、UE毎に各1個割り当てられるメインの帯域である。SCCは、PCC以外にUEに割り当てられた周波数帯域である。後述するシステム情報は、基地局装置毎にUE14との通信に用いられているPCCを表す情報、SCCを表す情報を含んでもよい。 Here, the PCC is a frequency band serving as a reference for measurement control such as reception quality performed by the UE 14, detection of a downlink radio link failure, and transmission of an uplink control channel, for example. The PCC is a main band assigned to each UE. The SCC is a frequency band assigned to the UE other than the PCC. System information to be described later may include information representing PCC and information representing SCC used for communication with the UE 14 for each base station apparatus.
 集約されるCCの個数は、2個に限られず、1個より多い整数(例えば、3)個であればよい。SCCの個数も、1個に限られず1個よりも多い整数個であればよい。
 図17は、データの送受信に用いられる周波数帯域の他の例を表す概念図である。図17において、横軸は周波数である。図17に示す例では、用いられているCCの個数は、3個である。3個のうち、1個がHeNB13-1とUE14との間の通信で用いられている帯域B2のPCCである。他の2個がeNB12とUE14との間の通信で用いられているSCCである。2個のSCCの帯域は、帯域A2、C2である。
The number of CCs to be aggregated is not limited to two, and may be an integer greater than one (for example, three). The number of SCCs is not limited to one, and may be an integer greater than one.
FIG. 17 is a conceptual diagram illustrating another example of a frequency band used for data transmission / reception. In FIG. 17, the horizontal axis represents frequency. In the example shown in FIG. 17, the number of CCs used is three. Of the three, one is a PCC in the band B2 used in communication between the HeNB 13-1 and the UE. The other two are SCCs used in communication between the eNB 12 and the UE 14. The bands of the two SCCs are bands A2 and C2.
 通信測定部1421は、復調部1413から入力された受信信号に基づいて接続先の各基地局装置(例えば、HeNB13-1)との通信に係る通信量や通信品質を測定する。
通信測定部1421は、例えば、受信信号の単位時間(例えば、10ms)当たりの情報量(通信量)を算出する。
 通信測定部1421は、算出した通信量が、予め定めた通信量(例えば、使用しているCCの伝達可能な通信量のr倍、rは1よりも小さい正の実数)よりも大きいか否か判断する。予め定めた通信量よりも大きいと判断された場合、通信測定部1421は、CAを要すると判断されたことを表すCA判断信号を生成し、生成したCA判断信号を同期処理部1422に出力する。
The communication measurement unit 1421 measures the communication amount and communication quality related to communication with each connection destination base station device (for example, the HeNB 13-1) based on the received signal input from the demodulation unit 1413.
For example, the communication measuring unit 1421 calculates the amount of information (communication amount) per unit time (for example, 10 ms) of the received signal.
The communication measuring unit 1421 determines whether the calculated communication amount is greater than a predetermined communication amount (for example, r times the communication amount that can be transmitted by the CC being used, where r is a positive real number smaller than 1). Judge. When it is determined that the communication amount is larger than the predetermined communication amount, the communication measurement unit 1421 generates a CA determination signal indicating that it is determined that CA is required, and outputs the generated CA determination signal to the synchronization processing unit 1422. .
 通信測定部1421は、基地局装置から(例えば、HeNB13-1から周波数帯域B2で)受信した受信信号から同期信号を抽出し、抽出した同期信号に基づいて品質情報を生成する。品質情報は、例えば、信号対干渉雑音比(SINR、Signal to Interference Ratio)を表す情報を含む。通信測定部1421は、生成した品質情報を接続された基地局装置への送信信号として変調部1414に出力する。 The communication measurement unit 1421 extracts a synchronization signal from the received signal received from the base station apparatus (for example, in the frequency band B2 from the HeNB 13-1), and generates quality information based on the extracted synchronization signal. The quality information includes, for example, information indicating a signal-to-interference noise ratio (SINR, Signal to Interference Ratio). The communication measurement unit 1421 outputs the generated quality information to the modulation unit 1414 as a transmission signal to the connected base station apparatus.
 同期処理部1422は、通信測定部1421からCA判断信号が入力されたとき、復調部1413から入力された受信信号から同期信号を抽出し、抽出した同期信号に基づいてUE14がセルに在圏し、新たなCCを使用できるeNB12を検出する。新たなCCとは、通信中の基地局装置とのユーザデータの送受信に使用されているCC(例えば、帯域B2)とは異なるCCである。ここで、同期処理部1422は、抽出した同期信号が表す基地局識別情報(セルID)がeNB12を表す基地局識別情報であることを判断する(eNBサーチ、セルサーチ)。同期処理部1422は、復調部1413から入力された受信信号からシステム情報を抽出する。同期処理部1422は、抽出したシステム情報のうちeNBに係るCCのうち送受信に用いられていないCCを、新たなCC(例えば、帯域A2)として読み出す(帯域検出)。以下、新たなCCが帯域A2であって、そのCCを使用できるeNBがeNB12であると仮定して説明することがある。第3の実施形態では、新たなCCが帯域A2以外の帯域であってもよいし、そのCCに係るeNBは、eNB12に限られない。 When the CA determination signal is input from the communication measurement unit 1421, the synchronization processing unit 1422 extracts the synchronization signal from the reception signal input from the demodulation unit 1413, and the UE 14 is located in the cell based on the extracted synchronization signal. The eNB 12 that can use the new CC is detected. The new CC is a CC different from the CC (for example, the band B2) used for transmitting and receiving user data with the communicating base station apparatus. Here, the synchronization processing unit 1422 determines that the base station identification information (cell ID) represented by the extracted synchronization signal is base station identification information representing the eNB 12 (eNB search, cell search). The synchronization processing unit 1422 extracts system information from the received signal input from the demodulation unit 1413. The synchronization processing unit 1422 reads a CC that is not used for transmission / reception among CCs related to the eNB among the extracted system information as a new CC (for example, the band A2) (band detection). Hereinafter, the description may be made assuming that the new CC is the band A2 and the eNB that can use the CC is the eNB 12. In the third embodiment, the new CC may be a band other than the band A2, and the eNB related to the CC is not limited to the eNB 12.
 同期処理部1422は、新たな帯域A2のCCを使用できるeNB12に対してCAを要求することを示すCA要求情報を生成する。同期処理部1422は、CA要求情報をHeNB13-1への送信信号として変調部1414に出力する。
 同期処理部1422は、CA要求情報の一例として、PI(Proximity Indicator)を生成してもよい。PIは、例えば、UE14が、帯域A2のCCを用いて通信を行うeNB12のセル32に在圏することを表す情報(在圏情報)である。同期処理部1422が生成するPIは、例えば、entering proximity indication、即ち、UE14がセル32に進入したことを表す情報である。同期処理部1422は、生成したPIをHeNB13-1への送信信号として変調部1414に出力する。
The synchronization processing unit 1422 generates CA request information indicating that a CA is requested to the eNB 12 that can use the CC of the new band A2. Synchronization processing section 1422 outputs CA request information to modulation section 1414 as a transmission signal to HeNB 13-1.
The synchronization processing unit 1422 may generate a PI (Proximity Indicator) as an example of CA request information. The PI is, for example, information (location information) indicating that the UE 14 is in the cell 32 of the eNB 12 that performs communication using the CC of the band A2. The PI generated by the synchronization processing unit 1422 is, for example, entering proximity indication, that is, information indicating that the UE 14 has entered the cell 32. Synchronization processing section 1422 outputs the generated PI to modulation section 1414 as a transmission signal to HeNB 13-1.
 同期処理部1422は、復調部1413から、HeNB13-1からの帯域B2での受信信号としてCA準備通知情報が入力された場合には、eNB12との間で同期処理を行う。CA準備通知情報とは、HeNB13-1とeNB12がCAの準備に係る処理を行うことを通知する情報である。同期処理部1422は、同期処理において、例えば、帯域A2で受信した同期信号からPSSを検出し、PSSからのSSSの相対的な位置(オフセット量)を検出する。同期処理部1422は、検出した位置のSSSを検出し、検出したSSSの位置に基づいてeNB12からの受信信号における各フレームの範囲、即ちフレームタイミングを同定する。同期処理部1422は、同期処理が完了した後、CA準備確認情報(ACK)を生成し、生成したCA準備確認情報をHeNB13-1への送信信号として変調部1414に出力する。CA準備確認情報とは、CA準備処理が完了したことを確認したことを表す情報である。同期処理部1422は、帯域A2について同期処理が完了したことを表す同期処理完了信号を生成し、生成した同期処理完了信号を帯域管理部1423に出力する。 The synchronization processing unit 1422 performs synchronization processing with the eNB 12 when the CA preparation notification information is input from the demodulation unit 1413 as a reception signal in the band B2 from the HeNB 13-1. The CA preparation notification information is information for notifying that the HeNB 13-1 and the eNB 12 perform processing related to CA preparation. In the synchronization processing, the synchronization processing unit 1422 detects the PSS from the synchronization signal received in the band A2, for example, and detects the relative position (offset amount) of the SSS from the PSS. The synchronization processing unit 1422 detects the SSS at the detected position, and identifies the range of each frame in the received signal from the eNB 12, that is, the frame timing, based on the detected position of the SSS. After completing the synchronization process, the synchronization processing unit 1422 generates CA preparation confirmation information (ACK), and outputs the generated CA preparation confirmation information to the modulation unit 1414 as a transmission signal to the HeNB 13-1. The CA preparation confirmation information is information indicating that the CA preparation process has been completed. The synchronization processing unit 1422 generates a synchronization processing completion signal indicating that the synchronization processing has been completed for the band A2, and outputs the generated synchronization processing completion signal to the band management unit 1423.
 帯域管理部1423は、基地局装置と通信を行う帯域を表すCC情報を生成する。帯域管理部1423は、下りリンクに係るCC情報を無線受信部1412に出力し、上りリンクに係るCC情報を無線送信部1415に出力する。ここで、帯域管理部1423は、同期処理部1422から入力された同期処理完了信号に基づいて、eNB12への帯域A2を表すCC情報を生成する。帯域管理部1423は、生成したCC情報を無線受信部1412及び無線送信部1415に出力する。これにより、UE14は、ユーザデータを帯域A2のCCを用いてeNB12から受信し、eNB12へ送信できるようになる。帯域管理部1423は、帯域A2のCCを用いてeNB12へのCAが開始したことを表すCA開始情報を生成する。帯域管理部1423は、eNB12への送信信号として生成したCA開始情報を変調部1414に出力する。 Band management unit 1423 generates CC information indicating a band for communicating with the base station apparatus. Band management section 1423 outputs CC information related to the downlink to radio reception section 1412, and outputs CC information related to the uplink to radio transmission section 1415. Here, the bandwidth management unit 1423 generates CC information representing the bandwidth A2 to the eNB 12 based on the synchronization processing completion signal input from the synchronization processing unit 1422. Band management section 1423 outputs the generated CC information to radio reception section 1412 and radio transmission section 1415. Thereby, UE14 comes to be able to receive user data from eNB12 using CC of zone | band A2, and to transmit to eNB12. The band management unit 1423 generates CA start information indicating that CA to the eNB 12 has started using the CC of the band A2. Band management section 1423 outputs CA start information generated as a transmission signal to eNB 12 to modulation section 1414.
 データ処理部143は、ユーザデータに対する処理を行う処理部である。データ処理部143は、例えば、音声通信やデータ通信等のアプリケーションを実行する。データ処理部143は、復調部1413から入力された受信信号から受信ユーザデータを抽出し、抽出した受信ユーザデータに係る処理を行う。データ処理部143は、送信ユーザデータを送信信号として変調部1414に出力する。 The data processing unit 143 is a processing unit that performs processing on user data. The data processing unit 143 executes applications such as voice communication and data communication, for example. The data processing unit 143 extracts reception user data from the reception signal input from the demodulation unit 1413, and performs processing related to the extracted reception user data. The data processing unit 143 outputs the transmission user data to the modulation unit 1414 as a transmission signal.
(HeNBの構成)
 次に、第3の実施形態に係るHeNB13の構成について説明する。
 図19は、第3の実施形態に係るHeNB13bの構成を表す概略図である。図19に示すHeNB13bは、図1のHeNB13-1、13-2、13-3に相当する。
 HeNB13bは、送受信部131、通信制御部132及びデータ処理部133を含む。
(Configuration of HeNB)
Next, the configuration of the HeNB 13 according to the third embodiment will be described.
FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram illustrating the configuration of the HeNB 13b according to the third embodiment. The HeNB 13b illustrated in FIG. 19 corresponds to the HeNBs 13-1, 13-2, and 13-3 illustrated in FIG.
The HeNB 13b includes a transmission / reception unit 131, a communication control unit 132, and a data processing unit 133.
 送受信部131は、アンテナ部1311、無線受信部1312、復調部1313、変調部1314、及び無線送信部1315を含む。 The transmission / reception unit 131 includes an antenna unit 1311, a wireless reception unit 1312, a demodulation unit 1313, a modulation unit 1314, and a wireless transmission unit 1315.
 アンテナ部1311は、UE14から受信した無線周波数受信信号を無線受信部1312に出力する。アンテナ部1311は無線送信部1315から入力された無線周波数送信信号を電波としてUE14に送信する。
 無線受信部1312は、アンテナ部1311から入力された無線周波数受信信号を基底周波数帯域にダウンコンバートして変調受信信号を生成する。無線受信部1312が行う処理は、無線受信部1412が行う処理と同様である。無線受信部1312は、生成した変調受信信号を復調部1313に出力する。
 復調部1313は、無線受信部1312から入力された変調受信信号を復調して、受信信号を生成する。復調部1313は、生成した受信信号を通信制御部132及びデータ処理部133に出力する。復調部1313が行う処理は、復調部1413と同様である。
The antenna unit 1311 outputs the radio frequency reception signal received from the UE 14 to the radio reception unit 1312. The antenna unit 1311 transmits the radio frequency transmission signal input from the radio transmission unit 1315 to the UE 14 as a radio wave.
The radio reception unit 1312 generates a modulated reception signal by down-converting the radio frequency reception signal input from the antenna unit 1311 to the base frequency band. The processing performed by the wireless reception unit 1312 is the same as the processing performed by the wireless reception unit 1412. The wireless reception unit 1312 outputs the generated modulated reception signal to the demodulation unit 1313.
The demodulation unit 1313 demodulates the modulated reception signal input from the wireless reception unit 1312 and generates a reception signal. The demodulation unit 1313 outputs the generated reception signal to the communication control unit 132 and the data processing unit 133. The processing performed by the demodulation unit 1313 is the same as that of the demodulation unit 1413.
 変調部1314は、通信制御部132及びデータ処理部133から入力された送信信号を変調して変調送信信号を生成する。変調部1314が行う処理は、変調部1414と同様である。変調部1314は、生成した変調送信信号を無線送信部1315に出力する。
 無線送信部1315は、変調部1314から入力された変調送信信号を基底周波数帯域から無線周波数帯域にアップコンバートして無線周波数送信信号を生成する。無線送信部1315が行う処理は、無線送信部1415と同様である。無線送信部1315は、生成した無線周波数送信信号をアンテナ部1311に出力する。
The modulation unit 1314 modulates the transmission signal input from the communication control unit 132 and the data processing unit 133 to generate a modulated transmission signal. The process performed by the modulation unit 1314 is the same as that of the modulation unit 1414. Modulation section 1314 outputs the generated modulated transmission signal to radio transmission section 1315.
Radio transmission section 1315 upconverts the modulated transmission signal input from modulation section 1314 from the base frequency band to the radio frequency band, and generates a radio frequency transmission signal. The process performed by the wireless transmission unit 1315 is the same as that of the wireless transmission unit 1415. Radio transmission section 1315 outputs the generated radio frequency transmission signal to antenna section 1311.
 なお、送受信部131は、通信制御部132又はデータ処理部133から入力されたeNB12又はMME15への送信信号を、eNB12又はMME15へ基幹網を通じて送信する(図示せず)。送受信部131は、eNB12又はMME15から基幹網を通じて受信した受信信号を通信制御部132又はデータ処理部133へ出力する(図示せず)。 The transmission / reception unit 131 transmits a transmission signal to the eNB 12 or the MME 15 input from the communication control unit 132 or the data processing unit 133 to the eNB 12 or the MME 15 through the backbone network (not shown). The transmission / reception unit 131 outputs a reception signal received from the eNB 12 or the MME 15 through the backbone network to the communication control unit 132 or the data processing unit 133 (not shown).
 通信制御部132は、準備処理部1321及び帯域管理部1322を含む。
 準備処理部1321は、UE14からの受信信号としてCA要求情報が復調部1313から入力されたとき、CA要求情報が表すCC(例えば、帯域A2)を用いてUE14と通信を行おうとするeNB12との間でCA準備処理を行う。準備処理部1321は、eNB12と相手先装置との通信路を設定することを要求することを示す通信路設定要求信号をMME15への送信信号として送受信部131に出力する。準備処理部1321は、CA要求情報を用いてeNB12を特定する。
The communication control unit 132 includes a preparation processing unit 1321 and a bandwidth management unit 1322.
When the CA request information is input from the demodulation unit 1313 as a reception signal from the UE 14, the preparation processing unit 1321 communicates with the eNB 12 that communicates with the UE 14 using the CC (for example, the band A2) represented by the CA request information. CA preparation processing is performed between them. The preparation processing unit 1321 outputs a communication path setting request signal indicating that a communication path between the eNB 12 and the counterpart device is requested to the transmission / reception unit 131 as a transmission signal to the MME 15. The preparation processing unit 1321 identifies the eNB 12 using the CA request information.
 準備処理部1321には、MME15からの受信信号として、前述の通信路設定要求信号に対応する通信路設定確認信号が送受信部131から入力される。準備処理部1321は、その後、入力されたCA要求情報をeNB12への送信信号として送受信部131に出力する。準備処理部1321は、CA要求情報が表すCCを用いてUE14と通信を行うための準備に係る処理を行うことを通知するCA準備通知情報がeNB12からの受信信号として送受信部131から入力される。準備処理部1321は、入力されたCA準備通知情報をUE14への送信信号として変調部1314に出力する。準備処理部1321は、UE14からの受信信号として復調部1313からCA準備確認情報が入力される。 To the preparation processing unit 1321, a communication path setting confirmation signal corresponding to the above-described communication path setting request signal is input from the transmission / reception unit 131 as a reception signal from the MME 15. Then, the preparation processing unit 1321 outputs the input CA request information to the transmission / reception unit 131 as a transmission signal to the eNB 12. The preparation processing unit 1321 receives, from the transmission / reception unit 131, the CA preparation notification information for notifying that processing related to preparation for performing communication with the UE 14 using the CC represented by the CA request information is performed. . The preparation processing unit 1321 outputs the input CA preparation notification information to the modulation unit 1314 as a transmission signal to the UE 14. The preparation processing unit 1321 receives CA preparation confirmation information from the demodulation unit 1313 as a reception signal from the UE 14.
 帯域管理部1322は、UE14と通信を行う帯域を表すCC情報を生成する。帯域管理部1322は、下りリンクに係るCC情報を無線送信部1315に出力し、上りリンクに係るCC情報を無線受信部1312に送信する。例えば、UE14に対して帯域B2でユーザデータを送信して通信を行う場合、帯域管理部1322は、UE14への帯域B2を表すCC情報を生成する。帯域管理部1322は、生成したCC情報を無線送信部1315に出力する。 The band management unit 1322 generates CC information indicating a band for communicating with the UE 14. The bandwidth management unit 1322 outputs downlink CC information to the radio transmission unit 1315 and transmits uplink CC information to the radio reception unit 1312. For example, when performing communication by transmitting user data to the UE 14 in the band B2, the band management unit 1322 generates CC information representing the band B2 to the UE 14. Band management section 1322 outputs the generated CC information to radio transmission section 1315.
 データ処理部133は、ユーザデータに対する処理を行う処理部である。データ処理部133は、例えば、復調部1313から入力された受信信号からユーザデータを抽出し、抽出したユーザデータを、送受信部131を介して相手先装置へ送信する。データ処理部133は、相手先装置から受信したユーザデータを送信信号として変調部1314に出力する。 The data processing unit 133 is a processing unit that performs processing on user data. For example, the data processing unit 133 extracts user data from the reception signal input from the demodulation unit 1313, and transmits the extracted user data to the counterpart device via the transmission / reception unit 131. The data processing unit 133 outputs user data received from the counterpart device to the modulation unit 1314 as a transmission signal.
(eNBの構成)
 次に、第3の実施形態に係るeNB12の構成について説明する。
 図20は、第3の実施形態に係るeNB12bの構成を表す概略図である。図20に示すeNB12bは、図1のeNB12に相当する。
 eNB12bは、送受信部121、通信制御部122及びデータ処理部123を含む。
(Configuration of eNB)
Next, the configuration of the eNB 12 according to the third embodiment will be described.
FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram illustrating the configuration of the eNB 12b according to the third embodiment. An eNB 12b illustrated in FIG. 20 corresponds to the eNB 12 illustrated in FIG.
The eNB 12b includes a transmission / reception unit 121, a communication control unit 122, and a data processing unit 123.
 送受信部121は、アンテナ部1211、無線受信部1212、復調部1213、変調部1214、及び無線送信部1215を含む。
 アンテナ部1211、無線受信部1212、復調部1213、変調部1214、及び無線送信部1215の構成及び処理は、上述のアンテナ部1311、無線受信部1312、復調部1313、変調部1314、及び無線送信部1315の構成及び処理とそれぞれ同様である。
 データ処理部123の構成及び処理は、上述のデータ処理部133の構成及び処理とそれぞれ同様である。
The transmission / reception unit 121 includes an antenna unit 1211, a wireless reception unit 1212, a demodulation unit 1213, a modulation unit 1214, and a wireless transmission unit 1215.
The configuration and processing of the antenna unit 1211, the wireless reception unit 1212, the demodulation unit 1213, the modulation unit 1214, and the wireless transmission unit 1215 are the same as the above-described antenna unit 1311, wireless reception unit 1312, demodulation unit 1313, modulation unit 1314, and wireless transmission. The configuration and processing of the unit 1315 are the same.
The configuration and processing of the data processing unit 123 are the same as the configuration and processing of the data processing unit 133 described above.
 通信制御部122は、準備処理部1221、同期処理部1222及び帯域管理部1223を含む。 The communication control unit 122 includes a preparation processing unit 1221, a synchronization processing unit 1222, and a bandwidth management unit 1223.
 準備処理部1221には、HeNB13bからの受信信号としてCA要求情報が復調部1213から入力される。準備処理部1221は、入力されたCA要求情報を同期処理部1222に出力する。準備処理部1221は、その後、CA準備通知情報を生成し、生成したCA準備通知情報をHeNB13bへの送信信号として変調部1214に出力する。
 なお、準備処理部1221は、自装置(eNB12b)と相手先装置との通信路を設定することを要求する通信路設定要求信号をMME15への送信信号として送受信部121に出力するようにしてもよい。その場合、送受信部121からMME15からの受信信号として通信路設定確認信号が入力された後、CA要求情報及びCA準備通知情報を出力するようにする。また、その場合、HeNB13bの準備処理部1321は、通信路設定確認信号を出力する処理を省略してもよい。
CA request information is input from the demodulation unit 1213 to the preparation processing unit 1221 as a reception signal from the HeNB 13b. The preparation processing unit 1221 outputs the input CA request information to the synchronization processing unit 1222. Thereafter, the preparation processing unit 1221 generates CA preparation notification information, and outputs the generated CA preparation notification information to the modulation unit 1214 as a transmission signal to the HeNB 13b.
Note that the preparation processing unit 1221 outputs a communication path setting request signal for requesting setting of a communication path between the own apparatus (eNB 12b) and the counterpart apparatus to the transmission / reception unit 121 as a transmission signal to the MME 15. Good. In this case, after the communication path setting confirmation signal is input as the reception signal from the MME 15 from the transmission / reception unit 121, the CA request information and the CA preparation notification information are output. In this case, the preparation processing unit 1321 of the HeNB 13b may omit the process of outputting the communication path setting confirmation signal.
 同期処理部1222は、CA要求情報が準備処理部1221から入力された後、UE14との間で同期処理を行う。同期処理に係る帯域は、CA要求情報が表すCC(例えば、帯域A2)である。同期処理部1222は、そのCCを用いて受信したUE14からの受信信号が復調部1213から入力され、入力された受信信号からDMRSを抽出する。同期処理部1222は、予め記憶したDMRSと抽出したDMRSとの相互相関の極大値(ピーク値)をとる遅延時間を算出する。同期処理部1222は、算出した遅延時間に基づいてUE14からの受信信号における各フレームの範囲、即ちフレームタイミングを同定する。同期処理部1222は、同期処理が完了した後、同期処理が完了したことを示す同期処理完了信号を帯域管理部1223に出力する。 The synchronization processing unit 1222 performs synchronization processing with the UE 14 after the CA request information is input from the preparation processing unit 1221. The band related to the synchronization process is a CC (for example, band A2) represented by the CA request information. The synchronization processing unit 1222 receives the reception signal from the UE 14 received using the CC from the demodulation unit 1213 and extracts the DMRS from the input reception signal. The synchronization processing unit 1222 calculates a delay time that takes the maximum value (peak value) of the cross-correlation between the DMRS stored in advance and the extracted DMRS. The synchronization processing unit 1222 identifies the range of each frame in the received signal from the UE 14, that is, the frame timing, based on the calculated delay time. The synchronization processing unit 1222 outputs a synchronization processing completion signal indicating that the synchronization processing is completed to the band management unit 1223 after the synchronization processing is completed.
 帯域管理部1223は、UE14と通信を行う帯域を表すCC情報を生成する。帯域管理部1223は、下りリンクに係るCC情報を無線送信部1215に出力し、上りリンクに係るCC情報を無線受信部1212に送信する。帯域管理部1223は、UE14からの受信信号としてCA開始情報が復調部1213から入力されたとき、当該CA開始情報が表すCC情報(例えば、UE14への帯域A2)を生成する。帯域管理部1223は、生成したCC情報を無線受信部1212及び無線送信部1215に出力する。これにより、eNB12bは、ユーザデータを帯域A2のCCを用いてUE14へ送信し、UE14から受信できるようになる。 The bandwidth management unit 1223 generates CC information indicating a bandwidth for communicating with the UE 14. Band management section 1223 outputs CC information related to the downlink to radio transmission section 1215 and transmits CC information related to the uplink to radio reception section 1212. When CA start information is input from the demodulation unit 1213 as a received signal from the UE 14, the band management unit 1223 generates CC information represented by the CA start information (for example, the band A2 to the UE 14). The bandwidth management unit 1223 outputs the generated CC information to the wireless reception unit 1212 and the wireless transmission unit 1215. Thereby, eNB12b can transmit user data to UE14 using CC of zone | band A2, and can receive from UE14 now.
 なお、帯域管理部1223は、同期処理部1222から同期処理完了信号が入力された後、CC情報を生成し、生成したCC情報を無線受信部1212及び無線送信部1215に出力してもよい。その場合、帯域管理部1223が、CA開始情報を生成し、生成したCA開始情報をUE14への送信信号として変調部1214に出力する。これにより、eNB12bは、CA開始情報をUE14に送信する。この場合、UE14は、CA開始情報をeNB12bへ送信することを省略することができる。 Note that the bandwidth management unit 1223 may generate CC information after the synchronization processing completion signal is input from the synchronization processing unit 1222, and output the generated CC information to the wireless reception unit 1212 and the wireless transmission unit 1215. In that case, the band management unit 1223 generates CA start information, and outputs the generated CA start information to the modulation unit 1214 as a transmission signal to the UE 14. Thereby, eNB12b transmits CA start information to UE14. In this case, the UE 14 can omit transmitting the CA start information to the eNB 12b.
 データ処理部123は、ユーザデータに対する処理を行う処理部である。データ処理部123の構成及び処理は、データ処理部133と同様である。 The data processing unit 123 is a processing unit that performs processing on user data. The configuration and processing of the data processing unit 123 is the same as that of the data processing unit 133.
(CA処理シーケンス)
 次に、第3の実施形態に係る通信処理について説明する。
 図21は、第3の実施形態に係る通信処理を表すシーケンス図である。
 ここで、当初HeNB13-1とUE14の間で、帯域B2のCCをPCCとして用いて通信が行われている。図21は、eNB12とUE14との間で、帯域A2のCCをSCCとして用いて通信するまでの過程を表す。以下、各基地局装置とUE間の情報の送受信を主に説明し、送受信部121等の処理について割愛する。
(CA processing sequence)
Next, communication processing according to the third embodiment will be described.
FIG. 21 is a sequence diagram illustrating communication processing according to the third embodiment.
Here, communication is initially performed between the HeNB 13-1 and the UE 14 using the CC of the band B2 as the PCC. FIG. 21 illustrates a process until communication is performed between the eNB 12 and the UE 14 using the CC of the band A2 as the SCC. Hereinafter, transmission / reception of information between each base station apparatus and the UE will be mainly described, and processing of the transmission / reception unit 121 and the like will be omitted.
(ステップS101b)UE14の通信測定部1421は、HeNB13-1からの受信信号の通信量を測定し、測定した通信量に基づいてCAの要否を判断する。CAが必要と判断された場合、UE14の同期処理部1422は、eNB12から受信信号に含まれる同期信号に基づいて、帯域B2とは異なり、かつ未利用の帯域A2のCCを使用できるeNBをサーチする。その後、ステップS102bに進む。 (Step S101b) The communication measurement unit 1421 of the UE 14 measures the communication amount of the received signal from the HeNB 13-1, and determines whether the CA is necessary based on the measured communication amount. When it is determined that the CA is necessary, the synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 searches for an eNB that is different from the band B2 and can use the CC of the unused band A2 based on the synchronization signal included in the received signal from the eNB 12 To do. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S102b.
(ステップS102b)UE14の同期処理部1422は、ステップS101bにおいて検出したeNB12に対するCA要求情報としてPIを生成し、生成したPIを帯域B2のCCを用いてHeNB13-1に送信する。その後、ステップS103bに進む。 (Step S102b) The synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 generates a PI as CA request information for the eNB 12 detected in Step S101b, and transmits the generated PI to the HeNB 13-1 using the CC of the band B2. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S103b.
(ステップS103b)HeNB13-1の準備処理部1321は、UE14からCA要求情報を受信した後、CA準備処理を行う。準備処理部1321は、例えば、受信したCA要求情報が表すeNB12と相手先装置との間の通信路を設定することを示す通信路設定要求信号をMME15(図示せず)に送信する。準備処理部1321は、MME15から通信路設定確認信号を受信した後、受信したCA要求情報をeNB12へ送信する。
 eNB12の準備処理部1221は、HeNB13-1から受信したCA要求情報を同期処理部1222に出力する。準備処理部1221は、CA準備通知情報を生成し、生成したCA準備通知情報をHeNB13-1に送信する。その後、ステップS104bに進む。
(Step S103b) The preparation processing unit 1321 of the HeNB 13-1 receives the CA request information from the UE 14, and then performs CA preparation processing. For example, the preparation processing unit 1321 transmits a communication path setting request signal indicating that a communication path between the eNB 12 and the counterpart apparatus represented by the received CA request information is set to the MME 15 (not shown). The preparation processing unit 1321 transmits the received CA request information to the eNB 12 after receiving the communication path setting confirmation signal from the MME 15.
The preparation processing unit 1221 of the eNB 12 outputs the CA request information received from the HeNB 13-1 to the synchronization processing unit 1222. The preparation processing unit 1221 generates CA preparation notification information and transmits the generated CA preparation notification information to the HeNB 13-1. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S104b.
(ステップS104b)HeNB13-1の準備処理部1321は、eNB12から受信したCA準備通知情報をUE14へ送信する。その後、ステップS105bに進む。 (Step S104b) The preparation processing unit 1321 of the HeNB 13-1 transmits the CA preparation notification information received from the eNB 12 to the UE 14. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S105b.
(ステップS105b)UE14の同期処理部1422は、eNB12からCA準備通知情報を受信した後、eNB12との間で帯域A2のCCについて同期処理を行う。eNB12の同期処理部1222は、準備処理部1221からCA要求情報が入力された後、UE14との間で帯域A2のCCについて同期処理を行う。その後、ステップS106bに進む。 (Step S105b) After receiving the CA preparation notification information from the eNB 12, the synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 performs a synchronization process on the CC in the band A2 with the eNB 12. After the CA request information is input from the preparation processing unit 1221, the synchronization processing unit 1222 of the eNB 12 performs synchronization processing on the CC in the band A <b> 2 with the UE 14. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S106b.
(ステップS106b)UE14の同期処理部1422は、同期処理完了信号を生成し、生成した同期処理完了信号を帯域管理部1423に出力する。UE14の同期処理部1422は、CA準備確認情報(ACK)を生成し、生成したCA準備確認情報をHeNB13-1に送信する。HeNB13-1の準備処理部1321は、UE14からCA準備確認情報が入力される。その後、ステップS107bに進む。 (Step S106b) The synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 generates a synchronization processing completion signal, and outputs the generated synchronization processing completion signal to the band management unit 1423. The synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 generates CA preparation confirmation information (ACK), and transmits the generated CA preparation confirmation information to the HeNB 13-1. The preparation processing unit 1321 of the HeNB 13-1 receives CA preparation confirmation information from the UE. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S107b.
(ステップS107b)UE14の帯域管理部1423は、同期処理部1422から同期処理管理信号が入力された後、eNB12への帯域A2を表すCC情報を生成し、生成したCC情報を無線受信部1412及び無線送信部1415に出力する。帯域管理部1423は、帯域A2のCCを用いてeNB12とのCAが開始したことを表すCA開始情報を生成し、生成したCA開始情報を帯域A2のCCを用いてeNB12に送信する。
 eNB12の帯域管理部1223は、UE14への帯域A2を表すCC情報を生成し、生成したCC情報を無線受信部1212及び無線送信部1215に出力する。その後、ステップS108bに進む。
(Step S107b) After the synchronization processing management signal is input from the synchronization processing unit 1422, the band management unit 1423 of the UE 14 generates CC information indicating the band A2 to the eNB 12, and the generated CC information is transmitted to the radio reception unit 1412 and The data is output to the wireless transmission unit 1415. The band management unit 1423 generates CA start information indicating that CA with the eNB 12 has started using the CC of the band A2, and transmits the generated CA start information to the eNB 12 using the CC of the band A2.
The band management unit 1223 of the eNB 12 generates CC information indicating the band A2 to the UE 14, and outputs the generated CC information to the radio reception unit 1212 and the radio transmission unit 1215. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S108b.
(ステップS108b)eNB12及びUE14は、帯域A2のCCを用いて通信を開始する。即ち、UE14は、帯域A2のCCを用いてeNB12を介して相手先装置からのユーザデータを受信信号として受信し、相手先装置へのユーザデータを送信信号として送信する。その後、処理を終了する。 (Step S108b) The eNB 12 and the UE 14 start communication using the CC of the band A2. That is, the UE 14 receives user data from the counterpart device as a reception signal via the eNB 12 using the CC of the band A2, and transmits user data to the counterpart device as a transmission signal. Thereafter, the process ends.
 次に、上述のステップS101bにおけるeNBサーチ処理について説明する。
 図22は、第3の実施形態に係るeNBサーチ処理を表すフローチャートである。
Next, the eNB search process in step S101b described above will be described.
FIG. 22 is a flowchart showing eNB search processing according to the third embodiment.
(ステップS1011b)UE14の通信測定部1421は、復調部1413から入力された受信信号に基づいてHeNB13-1との通信量を測定する。その後、ステップS1012bに進む。 (Step S1011b) The communication measurement unit 1421 of the UE 14 measures the communication amount with the HeNB 13-1 based on the received signal input from the demodulation unit 1413. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S1012b.
(ステップS1012b)通信測定部1421は、測定した通信量に基づいてCAの要否を判断する。通信測定部1421は、例えば、測定した通信量が予め定めた通信量よりも大きい場合、CAを要すると判断する。通信測定部1421は、測定した通信量が、予め定めた通信量と同等、又はそれよりも小さい場合、CAは不要と判断する。CAを要すると判断された場合(ステップS1012b Y)、ステップS1013bに進む。CAは不要と判断された場合(ステップS1012b N)、処理を終了する。 (Step S1012b) The communication measuring unit 1421 determines whether or not CA is necessary based on the measured communication volume. For example, when the measured communication volume is larger than the predetermined communication volume, the communication measurement unit 1421 determines that CA is required. The communication measuring unit 1421 determines that the CA is unnecessary when the measured communication volume is equal to or smaller than the predetermined communication volume. When it is determined that CA is required (step S1012b Y), the process proceeds to step S1013b. If it is determined that the CA is not necessary (step S1012b N), the process is terminated.
(ステップS1013b)同期処理部1422は、eNB12から受信した受信信号から同期信号を抽出する。同期処理部1422は、抽出した同期信号に基づいてUE14が在圏するセルを有し、新たなCCを使用できるeNB12をサーチする。新たなCCを使用できるeNB12を検出できた場合(ステップS1013b Y)、ステップS102b(図21参照)に進む。新たなCCを使用できるeNB12を検出できなかった場合(ステップS1013b N)、処理を終了する。 (Step S1013b) The synchronization processing unit 1422 extracts a synchronization signal from the received signal received from the eNB 12. Based on the extracted synchronization signal, the synchronization processing unit 1422 searches for an eNB 12 that has a cell where the UE 14 is located and can use a new CC. When the eNB 12 that can use the new CC has been detected (step S1013b Y), the process proceeds to step S102b (see FIG. 21). When the eNB 12 that can use the new CC cannot be detected (step S1013b, N), the process ends.
 なお、同期処理部1422において、新たなCCを使用できるeNB12を検出する処理(eNBサーチ)を行う回数は1回には限られない。同期処理部1422は、かかるeNB12を発見するまで、eNBサーチを繰り返してもよい。但し、予め定めた回数(例えば、3回)又は予め定めた時間(例えば、30秒間)eNBサーチを繰り返しても、かかるeNBを発見できなかった場合には、同期処理部1422は、CAが実現できないと判断する。同期処理部1422は、CAが実現できないと判断したとき、さらに予め定めた時間(例えば、180秒)経過した後に、eNBサーチを繰り返してもよい。また、同期処理部1422は、予め定めた時間間隔(例えば、180秒)で、eNBサーチを繰り返してもよい。また、同期処理部1422は、eNBサーチを停止し、CA不能情報(NACK)をHeNB13-1への送信信号として変調部1414に出力してもよい。なお、同期処理部1422は、通信測定部1421が測定した通信量が、予め定めた通信量を越えない状態になった場合には、eNBサーチを停止してもよい。その場合には、同期処理部1422は、CA不能情報を出力しなくともよい。 Note that the number of times that the synchronization processing unit 1422 performs the process (eNB search) for detecting the eNB 12 that can use the new CC is not limited to one. The synchronization processing unit 1422 may repeat the eNB search until the eNB 12 is found. However, if the eNB is not found even after repeating the eNB search for a predetermined number of times (for example, three times) or for a predetermined time (for example, 30 seconds), the synchronization processing unit 1422 realizes the CA. Judge that it is not possible. When it is determined that CA cannot be realized, the synchronization processing unit 1422 may repeat the eNB search after a predetermined time (for example, 180 seconds) has elapsed. Further, the synchronization processing unit 1422 may repeat the eNB search at a predetermined time interval (for example, 180 seconds). Further, the synchronization processing unit 1422 may stop the eNB search and output CA impossible information (NACK) to the modulation unit 1414 as a transmission signal to the HeNB 13-1. Note that the synchronization processing unit 1422 may stop the eNB search when the communication amount measured by the communication measurement unit 1421 does not exceed a predetermined communication amount. In that case, the synchronization processing unit 1422 may not output the CA impossibility information.
(変形例3-1)
 次に、第3の実施形態の一変形例について説明する。
 変形例3-1では、UE14の同期処理部1422は、eNB12とのCAを要求することを表し、特定の形式のコマンドで表されるCA要求情報(CA要求コマンド)を生成する。
(Modification 3-1)
Next, a modification of the third embodiment will be described.
In the modified example 3-1, the synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 represents requesting CA with the eNB 12, and generates CA request information (CA request command) represented by a command in a specific format.
 図23は、第3の実施形態に係る通信処理の一変形例を表すシーケンス図である。
 図23に示す通信処理は、ステップS101b、S103b-S108bを有する点で、図21が表す通信処理と共通する。但し、図23が表す通信処理は、図21が表す通信処理が有するステップS102bの代わりにステップS202bを有する。図23が表す通信処理では、ステップS101bの後で、ステップS202bを実行する。
FIG. 23 is a sequence diagram illustrating a modification of the communication process according to the third embodiment.
The communication process shown in FIG. 23 is common to the communication process shown in FIG. 21 in that it includes steps S101b and S103b-S108b. However, the communication process illustrated in FIG. 23 includes step S202b instead of step S102b included in the communication process illustrated in FIG. In the communication process shown in FIG. 23, step S202b is executed after step S101b.
(ステップS202b)UE14の同期処理部1422は、ステップS101bにおいて発見されたeNB12に対するCA要求情報であって、特定の形式のコマンドで表されるCA要求情報を生成する。同期処理部1422は、生成したCA要求情報を帯域B2のCCを用いてHeNB13-1に送信する。その後、ステップS103bに進む。 (Step S202b) The synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 generates CA request information that is CA request information for the eNB 12 discovered in Step S101b and represented by a command in a specific format. The synchronization processing unit 1422 transmits the generated CA request information to the HeNB 13-1 using the CC of the band B2. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S103b.
(変形例3-2)
 次に、第3の実施形態に係る他の変形例について説明する。
 変形例3-2では、UE14の同期処理部1422が生成したCA要求情報を他のコマンド情報に追加してHeNB13-1に送信する。他のコマンド情報は、例えば、通信測定部1421が生成した品質情報である。通信測定部1421は、生成した品質情報に算出した通信量を表す通信量情報を含めてもよい。通信測定部1421は、同期処理部1422からCA要求信号が入力された場合には、CA要求信号を品質情報に追加してHeNB13-1への出力信号として変調部1414に出力する。
(Modification 3-2)
Next, another modified example according to the third embodiment will be described.
In Modification 3-2, the CA request information generated by the synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 is added to other command information and transmitted to the HeNB 13-1. The other command information is, for example, quality information generated by the communication measuring unit 1421. The communication measuring unit 1421 may include communication amount information representing the calculated communication amount in the generated quality information. When the CA request signal is input from the synchronization processing unit 1422, the communication measurement unit 1421 adds the CA request signal to the quality information and outputs it to the modulation unit 1414 as an output signal to the HeNB 13-1.
 図24は、第3の実施形態に係る通信処理の他の変形例を表すシーケンス図である。
 図24に示す通信処理は、ステップS101b、S103b-S108bを有する点で、図21が表す通信処理と共通する。但し、図24が表す通信処理は、図21が表す通信処理が有するステップS102bの代わりにステップS302bを有する。ここでは、ステップS101bの後で、ステップS302bを実行する。
FIG. 24 is a sequence diagram illustrating another modification of the communication process according to the third embodiment.
The communication process shown in FIG. 24 is common to the communication process shown in FIG. 21 in that it includes steps S101b and S103b-S108b. However, the communication process illustrated in FIG. 24 includes step S302b instead of step S102b included in the communication process illustrated in FIG. Here, step S302b is executed after step S101b.
(ステップS302b)UE14の同期処理部1422は、ステップS101bにおいて検出したeNB12とのCAを要求することを表すCA要求情報を生成し、生成したCA要求情報を通信測定部1421に出力する。通信測定部1421は、同期処理部1422から入力されたCA要求情報を品質情報の一部(他のコマンド)として追加する。通信測定部1421は、品質情報の一部として追加されたCA要求情報をHeNB13-1に送信する。その後、ステップS103bに進む。
 なお、ステップS103bにおいて、HeNB13-1の準備処理部1321は、UE14から受信した品質情報からCA要求情報を抽出する。
(Step S302b) The synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 generates CA request information indicating that a CA is requested with the eNB 12 detected in Step S101b, and outputs the generated CA request information to the communication measurement unit 1421. The communication measurement unit 1421 adds the CA request information input from the synchronization processing unit 1422 as a part of the quality information (another command). The communication measurement unit 1421 transmits the CA request information added as part of the quality information to the HeNB 13-1. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S103b.
In step S103b, the preparation processing unit 1321 of the HeNB 13-1 extracts CA request information from the quality information received from the UE 14.
(変形例3-3)
 次に、第3の実施形態に係る他の変形例について説明する。
 変形例3-3では、UE14の同期処理部1422が、新たなCCを使用できるeNB12を複数検出した場合に、検出した複数のeNB12のうちの1個(例えば、帯域A2、eNB12)選択する。同期処理部1422は、例えば、通信測定部1421から各eNBから受信された品質情報が入力され、入力された品質情報が表す通信品質が最も高いCCのeNB12(ベストセル)を選択する。同期処理部1422は、選択したCCのeNB12に対するCA要求情報を生成し、生成したCA要求情報をそのeNB12への送信信号として変調部1414に出力する。
(Modification 3-3)
Next, another modified example according to the third embodiment will be described.
In Modification 3-3, when the synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 detects a plurality of eNBs 12 that can use a new CC, the synchronization processing unit 1422 selects one of the detected plurality of eNBs 12 (for example, the band A2 and the eNB 12). For example, the quality information received from each eNB from the communication measurement unit 1421 is input to the synchronization processing unit 1422, and the eNB 12 (best cell) of the CC having the highest communication quality represented by the input quality information is selected. The synchronization processing unit 1422 generates CA request information for the eNB 12 of the selected CC, and outputs the generated CA request information to the modulation unit 1414 as a transmission signal to the eNB 12.
 図25は、第3の実施形態に係る通信処理の他の変形例を表すシーケンス図である。
 図25に示す通信処理は、ステップS101b、S401b、S102b-S108bを有する。図25の通信処理は、ステップS101b-S108bを有する点で、図21が表す通信処理と共通する。但し、ここでは、ステップS101bの後で、ステップS401bを実行する。
FIG. 25 is a sequence diagram illustrating another modification of the communication process according to the third embodiment.
The communication process shown in FIG. 25 includes steps S101b, S401b, and S102b-S108b. The communication process of FIG. 25 is common to the communication process shown in FIG. 21 in that it includes steps S101b to S108b. However, step S401b is executed after step S101b.
(ステップS401b)同期処理部1422は、新たなCCを使用できるeNBが複数検出した場合には、通信品質が最も高いCCのeNB12(図25の例では、帯域A2)を1個選択する。同期処理部1422は、例えば、通信測定部1421から各eNBから受信された品質情報が入力され、入力された品質情報が表す通信品質が最も高いCCのeNB12をベストセルとして選択する。その後、ステップS102bに進む。
 なお、ステップS102bでは、同期処理部1422は、ベストセルのPIをCA要求情報として生成し、生成したPIをHeNB13-1に送信する。
(Step S401b) When a plurality of eNBs that can use a new CC are detected, the synchronization processing unit 1422 selects one eNB 12 (band A2 in the example of FIG. 25) having the highest communication quality. For example, the quality information received from each eNB from the communication measurement unit 1421 is input to the synchronization processing unit 1422, and the eNB 12 of the CC having the highest communication quality represented by the input quality information is selected as the best cell. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S102b.
In step S102b, the synchronization processing unit 1422 generates the PI of the best cell as CA request information, and transmits the generated PI to the HeNB 13-1.
 第3の実施形態ではUE14において、下りリンクの受信信号の情報量に基づいてCAの要否を判断し、下りリンク、上りリンクともにCAを行う場合を例にとって説明した。第3の実施形態では、これには限られず、下りリンクのみCAを行ってもよい。
 第3の実施形態ではUE14において、上りリンクの通信量に基づいて、CAの要否を判断するようにしてもよい。ここで、通信測定部1421は、復調部1413から入力された受信信号の代わりに、データ処理部143から入力された送信信号に基づいて接続先の基地局装置(例えば、HeNB13-1)との通信に係る上りリンクの通信量を算出する。
この場合、上りリンクのみCAを行ってもよい。
 なお、UE14において、上りリンクの通信量と下りリンクの通信量との合計通信量に基づいて、CAの要否を判断するようにしてもよい。ここで、通信測定部1421は、上述の処理を行って算出した下りリンクの通信量と上りリンクの通信量とを合算して合計通信量を算出する。通信測定部1421は、算出した合計通信量に基づいてCAの要否を判断する。
In the third embodiment, the case has been described as an example where the UE 14 determines whether or not the CA is necessary based on the information amount of the downlink received signal, and performs CA for both the downlink and the uplink. In 3rd Embodiment, it is not restricted to this, You may perform CA only for a downlink.
In the third embodiment, the UE 14 may determine whether or not CA is necessary based on the uplink traffic. Here, the communication measurement unit 1421 communicates with the connection destination base station apparatus (for example, the HeNB 13-1) based on the transmission signal input from the data processing unit 143 instead of the reception signal input from the demodulation unit 1413. The amount of uplink communication related to communication is calculated.
In this case, CA may be performed only for the uplink.
Note that the UE 14 may determine whether or not the CA is necessary based on the total communication amount of the uplink communication amount and the downlink communication amount. Here, the communication measurement unit 1421 calculates the total communication amount by adding the downlink communication amount and the uplink communication amount calculated by performing the above-described processing. The communication measuring unit 1421 determines whether or not the CA is necessary based on the calculated total communication amount.
 以上に説明したように、第3の実施形態は、eNB12と、セル32の一部の領域をセル33とするHeNB13と、UE14とを備える通信システム1bに係る。第3の実施形態において、UE14は、HeNB12と周波数帯域B2を用いて通信し、UE14は、周波数帯域B2とは異なる周波数帯域A2を用いてeNB12との通信を要求することを表すCA要求情報を生成する。UE14は、生成した要求情報をHeNB13に送信する。従って、第3の実施形態では、UE14は、HeNB13との周波数帯域B2における通信状況に応じてUE14と周波数帯域A2で通信可能なeNB12との通信を要求するため、周波数リソースの利用効率が低下しない。 As described above, the third embodiment relates to a communication system 1b including the eNB 12, the HeNB 13 whose partial area of the cell 32 is the cell 33, and the UE. In the third embodiment, the UE 14 communicates with the HeNB 12 using the frequency band B2, and the UE 14 transmits CA request information indicating that communication with the eNB 12 is requested using the frequency band A2 different from the frequency band B2. Generate. UE14 transmits the produced | generated request information to HeNB13. Therefore, in the third embodiment, the UE 14 requests communication between the UE 14 and the eNB 12 that can communicate in the frequency band A2 in accordance with the communication status with the HeNB 13 in the frequency band B2, so that the use efficiency of the frequency resource does not decrease. .
(第4の実施形態)
 次に本発明に係る第4の実施形態について説明する。第3の実施形態と構成及び処理が共通する部分については同一の符号を付する。
 第4の実施形態に係る通信システム2bは、eNB12と、そのセル32の一部の領域をセル33とするHeNB23-1~23-3と、UE14とを備える通信システムに係る。以下、HeNB23-1~23-3をHeNB23と総称することがある。HeNB23は、UE14と帯域B2を用いて通信し、帯域B2とは異なる帯域A2を用いてeNB12とUE14との通信を要求することを表すCA要求情報を生成し、CA要求情報をUE14に送信する。
(Fourth embodiment)
Next, a fourth embodiment according to the present invention will be described. Portions having the same configuration and processing as those of the third embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals.
The communication system 2b according to the fourth embodiment relates to a communication system including the eNB 12, the HeNBs 23-1 to 23-3 having the partial region of the cell 32 as the cell 33, and the UE. Hereinafter, the HeNBs 23-1 to 23-3 may be collectively referred to as the HeNB 23. The HeNB 23 communicates with the UE 14 using the band B2, generates CA request information indicating that communication between the eNB 12 and the UE 14 is requested using the band A2 different from the band B2, and transmits the CA request information to the UE 14. .
 第4の実施形態では、HeNBにおいてCAの要否を判断する構成を備える。
 図26は、第4の実施形態に係る通信システム2bを表す概略図である。
 第4の実施形態に係る通信システム2bは、RAN11、eNB12、HeNB23-1~23-3、UE14、及びMME15を含む。即ち、通信システム2bは、RAN11、eNB12、UE14、及びMME15を備える点で通信システム1a(図4参照)と共通する。通信システム2bは、HeNB13-1~13-3の代わりにHeNB23-1~23-3を備える点で通信システム1aと異なる。
In 4th Embodiment, the structure which judges necessity of CA in HeNB is provided.
FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram illustrating a communication system 2b according to the fourth embodiment.
A communication system 2b according to the fourth embodiment includes a RAN 11, an eNB 12, HeNBs 23-1 to 23-3, a UE 14, and an MME 15. That is, the communication system 2b is common to the communication system 1a (see FIG. 4) in that it includes the RAN 11, the eNB 12, the UE 14, and the MME 15. The communication system 2b is different from the communication system 1a in that HeNBs 23-1 to 23-3 are provided instead of the HeNBs 13-1 to 13-3.
 図27は、第4の実施形態に係るHeNB23の構成を表す概略図である。図27に示すHeNB23は、図1のHeNB13-1、13-2、13-3に相当する。
 HeNB23は、送受信部131、通信制御部232、及びデータ処理部133を含む。通信制御部232は、準備処理部1321、帯域管理部1322の他、さらに通信測定部2323を含む。
 通信測定部2323は、UE14から受信した受信信号の通信量に基づいて、CAの要否を判断する。通信測定部2323は、復調部1213から入力された受信信号に基づいて接続先のUE14との通信に係る通信量を測定する。通信測定部2323は、算出した通信量が、予め定めた通信量よりも大きいか否か判断する。予め定めた通信量よりも大きいと判断された場合、通信測定部2323は、CA要求情報を生成する。生成したCA要求情報は、HeNB23がUE14との通信に用いているCCの帯域B2とは異なる新たな帯域A2のCCを用いてeNB12とUE14との通信を要求することを示す。かかる通信は、いずれもUE14と相手先装置との間におけるユーザデータの送受信に関わる。
 通信測定部2323は、生成したCA要求情報をUE14への送信信号として変調部1314に出力する。
FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram illustrating the configuration of the HeNB 23 according to the fourth embodiment. The HeNB 23 illustrated in FIG. 27 corresponds to the HeNBs 13-1, 13-2, and 13-3 illustrated in FIG.
The HeNB 23 includes a transmission / reception unit 131, a communication control unit 232, and a data processing unit 133. The communication control unit 232 further includes a communication measurement unit 2323 in addition to the preparation processing unit 1321 and the bandwidth management unit 1322.
The communication measurement unit 2323 determines whether or not CA is necessary based on the communication amount of the received signal received from the UE 14. The communication measurement unit 2323 measures a communication amount related to communication with the connection destination UE 14 based on the reception signal input from the demodulation unit 1213. The communication measuring unit 2323 determines whether the calculated communication amount is larger than a predetermined communication amount. When it is determined that the communication amount is larger than the predetermined communication amount, the communication measurement unit 2323 generates CA request information. The generated CA request information indicates that the HeNB 23 requests communication between the eNB 12 and the UE 14 using a CC of a new band A2 different from the CC band B2 used for communication with the UE 14. Such communication is related to transmission / reception of user data between the UE 14 and the counterpart device.
The communication measurement unit 2323 outputs the generated CA request information to the modulation unit 1314 as a transmission signal to the UE 14.
 UE14の同期処理部1422には、CA要求情報がHeNB23からの受信信号として復調部1413から入力される。同期処理部1422は、CA要求情報が入力された後、上述したeNBサーチを実行する。同期処理部1422は、eNBサーチが完了した後、CA要求情報を受信したことを示すCA要求確認情報(ACK)を生成し、生成したCA要求確認情報をHeNB23への送信信号として変調部1414に出力する。
 その後、HeNB23の準備処理部1321には、UE14からの受信信号としてCA要求確認情報が復調部1313から入力される。その後、準備処理部1321は、上述したCA準備処理を行う。
CA request information is input from the demodulator 1413 to the synchronization processor 1422 of the UE 14 as a received signal from the HeNB 23. The synchronization processing unit 1422 performs the above-described eNB search after the CA request information is input. After the eNB search is completed, the synchronization processing unit 1422 generates CA request confirmation information (ACK) indicating that the CA request information has been received, and the generated CA request confirmation information is transmitted to the modulation unit 1414 as a transmission signal to the HeNB 23. Output.
Thereafter, CA request confirmation information is input from the demodulation unit 1313 to the preparation processing unit 1321 of the HeNB 23 as a reception signal from the UE 14. Thereafter, the preparation processing unit 1321 performs the CA preparation processing described above.
 次に、第4の実施形態に係る通信処理について説明する。
 図28は、第4の実施形態に係る通信処理を表すシーケンス図である。
 図28に示す通信処理は、ステップS501b、S101b、S502b、及びS103b-S108bを有する。図28の通信処理は、ステップS101b、S103b-S108bを有する点で、図21に示す通信処理と共通する。但し、図28の通信処理では、ステップS501bの後でステップS101bを実行し、ステップS101bの後でステップS502bを実行する。
Next, communication processing according to the fourth embodiment will be described.
FIG. 28 is a sequence diagram illustrating communication processing according to the fourth embodiment.
The communication process shown in FIG. 28 includes steps S501b, S101b, S502b, and S103b-S108b. The communication process of FIG. 28 is common to the communication process shown in FIG. 21 in that steps S101b and S103b-S108b are included. However, in the communication process of FIG. 28, step S101b is executed after step S501b, and step S502b is executed after step S101b.
(ステップS501b)通信測定部2323は、UE14から受信した受信信号の通信量に基づいて、CAの要否を判断する。通信測定部2323は、通信量が予め定めた通信量よりも大きいと判断された場合、通信測定部2323は、CA要求情報を生成し、生成したCA要求情報をUE14へ送信する。その後、ステップS101bに進む。ステップS101bにおいて、UE14の通信測定部1421は、通信量の測定、UE14の通信測定部1421は、通信量測定、CA要否判断に係る処理(図22、ステップS1011b、S1012b参照)を省略してもよい。 (Step S501b) The communication measuring unit 2323 determines whether or not CA is necessary based on the communication amount of the received signal received from the UE 14. When it is determined that the communication amount is larger than the predetermined communication amount, the communication measurement unit 2323 generates CA request information and transmits the generated CA request information to the UE 14. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S101b. In step S101b, the communication measurement unit 1421 of the UE 14 omits the measurement of the traffic volume, and the communication measurement unit 1421 of the UE 14 omits the process related to the traffic volume measurement and the CA necessity determination (see FIG. 22, steps S1011b and S1012b). Also good.
(ステップS502b)UE14の同期処理部1422は、eNBサーチ(図22、ステップS1013b参照)が完了した後、CA要求確認情報を生成し、生成したCA要求確認情報をHeNB23-1へ送信する。HeNB23-1の準備処理部1321は、UE14からCA要求確認情報を受信する。その後、ステップS103bに進む。 (Step S502b) After completing the eNB search (see FIG. 22, step S1013b), the synchronization processing unit 1422 of the UE 14 generates CA request confirmation information, and transmits the generated CA request confirmation information to the HeNB 23-1. The preparation processing unit 1321 of the HeNB 23-1 receives CA request confirmation information from the UE 14. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S103b.
 なお、第4の実施形態では、上述した第3の実施形態の変形例3-3と同様に、ステップS101bにおいて、同期処理部1422が、新たなCCを使用できるeNB12が複数検出された場合には、通信品質が最も高いCCのeNB12を1個選択するようにしてもよい。 Note that, in the fourth embodiment, as in Modification 3-3 of the third embodiment described above, in step S101b, the synchronization processing unit 1422 detects that a plurality of eNBs 12 that can use a new CC are detected. May select one eNB 12 of the CC with the highest communication quality.
 なお、第4の実施形態ではHeNB23において、上りリンクの受信信号の情報量に基づいてCAの要否を判断し、上りリンク、下りリンクともにCAを行う場合を例にとって説明した。第4の実施形態では、これには限られず、上りリンクのみCAを行ってもよい。
 第4の実施形態ではHeNB23において、下りリンクの通信量に基づいて、CAの要否を判断するようにしてもよい。ここで、通信測定部2323は、復調部1313から入力された受信信号の代わりに、データ処理部133から入力された受信信号に基づいて接続先のUE14との通信に係る下りリンクの通信量を算出する。この場合、下りリンクのみCAを行ってもよい。
 なお、HeNB23において、上りリンクの通信量と下りリンクの通信量との合計通信量に基づいて、CAの要否を判断するようにしてもよい。ここで、通信測定部2323は、上述の処理を行って算出した下りリンクの通信量と上りリンクの通信量とを合算して合計通信量を算出する。通信測定部2323は、算出した合計通信量に基づいてCAの要否を判断する。
In the fourth embodiment, an example has been described in which the HeNB 23 determines whether the CA is necessary based on the information amount of the uplink received signal and performs CA for both the uplink and the downlink. In 4th Embodiment, it is not restricted to this, You may perform CA only for an uplink.
In the fourth embodiment, the HeNB 23 may determine whether or not the CA is necessary based on the downlink traffic. Here, the communication measurement unit 2323 determines the downlink communication amount related to the communication with the UE 14 as the connection destination based on the reception signal input from the data processing unit 133 instead of the reception signal input from the demodulation unit 1313. calculate. In this case, CA may be performed only for the downlink.
Note that the HeNB 23 may determine whether or not the CA is necessary based on the total communication amount of the uplink communication amount and the downlink communication amount. Here, the communication measurement unit 2323 calculates the total communication amount by adding the downlink communication amount and the uplink communication amount calculated by performing the above-described processing. The communication measurement unit 2323 determines whether or not the CA is necessary based on the calculated total communication amount.
 以上に説明したように、第4の実施形態は、eNB12と、そのセル32の一部の領域をセル33とするHeNB23と、UE14とを備える通信システム2bに係る。第4の実施形態において、HeNB23は、UE14と周波数帯域B2を用いて通信し、HeNB23は、周波数帯域B2とは異なる周波数帯域A2を用いてHeNB23とUE14との通信を要求することを表すCA要求情報を生成する。HeNB23は、生成したCA要求情報をUE14に送信する。従って、第4の実施形態では、HeNB23は、UE14との周波数帯域B2における通信状況に応じてUE14と周波数帯域A2を用いた通信を要求するため、周波数リソースの利用効率が低下しない。 As described above, the fourth embodiment relates to a communication system 2b including the eNB 12, the HeNB 23 whose cell 33 is a partial region of the cell 32, and the UE 14. In the fourth embodiment, the HeNB 23 communicates with the UE 14 using the frequency band B2, and the HeNB 23 requests a communication between the HeNB 23 and the UE 14 using the frequency band A2 different from the frequency band B2. Generate information. The HeNB 23 transmits the generated CA request information to the UE 14. Therefore, in the fourth embodiment, the HeNB 23 requests communication using the UE 14 and the frequency band A2 according to the communication status with the UE 14 in the frequency band B2, so that the use efficiency of the frequency resource does not decrease.
 なお、上述した第1~第4の実施形態におけるeNB12、12a、22、HeNB13-1、13-2、13-3、13a、又はUE14の一部、例えば、準備処理部1221、帯域管理部1222、通信測定部2223、準備処理部1321、同期処理部1322、帯域管理部1323、通信測定部1421、同期処理部1422、及び帯域管理部1423をコンピュータで実現するようにしても良い。その場合、この制御機能を実現するためのプログラムをコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体に記録して、この記録媒体に記録されたプログラムをコンピュータシステムに読み込ませ、実行することによって実現しても良い。 Note that the eNBs 12, 12a, 22, HeNBs 13-1, 13-2, 13-3, 13a, or part of the UE 14 in the first to fourth embodiments described above, for example, the preparation processing unit 1221 and the bandwidth management unit 1222 The communication measurement unit 2223, the preparation processing unit 1321, the synchronization processing unit 1322, the bandwidth management unit 1323, the communication measurement unit 1421, the synchronization processing unit 1422, and the bandwidth management unit 1423 may be realized by a computer. In that case, the program for realizing the control function may be recorded on a computer-readable recording medium, and the program recorded on the recording medium may be read by a computer system and executed.
 なお、ここでいう「コンピュータシステム」とは、eNB12、12a、22、HeNB13-1、13-2、13-3、13a、23、又はUE14に内蔵されたコンピュータシステムであって、OSや周辺機器等のハードウェアを含む。また、「コンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体」とは、フレキシブルディスク、光磁気ディスク、ROM、CD-ROM等の可搬媒体、コンピュータシステムに内蔵されるハードディスク等の記憶装置のことをいう。 The “computer system” here is a computer system built in the eNB 12, 12a, 22, HeNB 13-1, 13-2, 13-3, 13a, 23, or the UE 14, and includes an OS and peripheral devices. Including hardware. The “computer-readable recording medium” refers to a storage device such as a flexible medium, a magneto-optical disk, a portable medium such as a ROM or a CD-ROM, and a hard disk incorporated in a computer system.
 さらに「コンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体」とは、インターネット等のネットワークや電話回線等の通信回線を介してプログラムを送信する場合の通信線のように、短時間、動的にプログラムを保持するもの、その場合のサーバやクライアントとなるコンピュータシステム内部の揮発性メモリのように、一定時間プログラムを保持しているものも含んでも良い。また上記プログラムは、前述した機能の一部を実現するためのものであっても良く、さらに前述した機能をコンピュータシステムにすでに記録されているプログラムとの組み合わせで実現できるものであっても良い。 Furthermore, the “computer-readable recording medium” is a medium that dynamically holds a program for a short time, such as a communication line when transmitting a program via a network such as the Internet or a communication line such as a telephone line, In such a case, a volatile memory inside a computer system serving as a server or a client may be included and a program that holds a program for a certain time. The program may be a program for realizing a part of the functions described above, and may be a program capable of realizing the functions described above in combination with a program already recorded in a computer system.
 また、上述した第1~第4の実施形態におけるeNB12、12a、22、HeNB13-1、13-2、13-3、13a、又はUE14の一部、または全部を、LSI(Large Scale Integration)等の集積回路として実現しても良い。eNB12、12a、22、HeNB13-1、13-2、13-3、13a、及びUE14の各機能ブロックは個別にプロセッサ化してもよいし、一部、または全部を集積してプロセッサ化しても良い。また、集積回路化の手法はLSIに限らず専用回路、または汎用プロセッサで実現しても良い。また、半導体技術の進歩によりLSIに代替する集積回路化の技術が出現した場合、当該技術による集積回路を用いても良い。 Further, a part or all of the eNBs 12, 12a, 22, HeNBs 13-1, 13-2, 13-3, 13a, or the UE 14 in the first to fourth embodiments described above are integrated into LSI (Large Scale Integration) or the like. It may be realized as an integrated circuit. Each functional block of the eNBs 12, 12a, 22, HeNBs 13-1, 13-2, 13-3, 13a, and the UE 14 may be individually made into a processor, or a part or all of them may be integrated into a processor. . Further, the method of circuit integration is not limited to LSI, and may be realized by a dedicated circuit or a general-purpose processor. Further, in the case where an integrated circuit technology that replaces LSI appears due to progress in semiconductor technology, an integrated circuit based on the technology may be used.
 以上、図面を参照してこの発明の第1~第4の実施形態について詳しく説明してきたが、具体的な構成は上述のものに限られることはなく、この発明の要旨を逸脱しない範囲内において様々な設計変更等をすることが可能である。 As described above, the first to fourth embodiments of the present invention have been described in detail with reference to the drawings. However, the specific configuration is not limited to the above-described one, and the scope of the present invention is not deviated. Various design changes can be made.
 本発明は、周波数リソースの利用効率を低下させない通信システム、移動局装置、基地局装置及び通信方法などに適用することができる。 The present invention can be applied to a communication system, a mobile station apparatus, a base station apparatus, a communication method, and the like that do not reduce the use efficiency of frequency resources.
1a、1a、2a、2b・・・通信システム、
11・・・RAN、
12、12a、12b、22・・・eNB、
121・・・送受信部、
1211・・・アンテナ部、
1212・・・無線受信部、
1213・・・復調部、
1214・・・変調部、
1215・・・無線送信部、
122、222・・・通信制御部、
1221・・・準備処理部、
1222・・・帯域管理部、
2223・・・通信測定部、
123・・・データ処理部、
13(13-1~13-3)、13a、13b・・・HeNB、
23(23-1~23-3)・・・HeNB、
131・・・送受信部、
1311・・・アンテナ部、
1312・・・無線受信部、
1313・・・復調部、
1314・・・変調部、
1315・・・無線送信部、
132・・・通信制御部、
1321・・・準備処理部、
1322・・・同期処理部、
1323・・・帯域管理部、
2323・・・通信測定部、
133・・・データ処理部、
14・・・UE、
141・・・送受信部、
1411・・・アンテナ部、
1412・・・無線受信部、
1413・・・復調部、
1414・・・変調部、
1415・・・無線送信部、
142・・・通信制御部、
1421・・・通信測定部、
1422・・・同期処理部、
1423・・・帯域管理部、
143・・・データ処理部、
15・・・MME
1a, 1a, 2a, 2b ... communication system,
11 ... RAN,
12, 12a, 12b, 22 ... eNB,
121... Transceiver unit,
1211 ... Antenna part,
1212 ... Wireless receiver,
1213 ... demodulator,
1214: Modulation unit,
1215: Wireless transmission unit,
122, 222... Communication control unit,
1221 ... Preparation processing unit,
1222 ... Band management unit,
2223: Communication measuring unit,
123 ... data processing unit,
13 (13-1 to 13-3), 13a, 13b... HeNB,
23 (23-1 to 23-3) ... HeNB,
131... Transceiver unit,
1311 ... Antenna portion,
1312 ... Wireless receiver,
1313: Demodulator,
1314... Modulation unit,
1315 ... Wireless transmission unit,
132: Communication control unit,
1321 ... Preparation processing unit,
1322 ... synchronization processing unit,
1323 Bandwidth management unit,
2323: Communication measuring unit,
133: Data processing unit,
14 ... UE,
141... Transceiver unit,
1411 ... Antenna portion,
1412 ... Wireless receiver,
1413 ... demodulator,
1414: modulation unit;
1415 ... wireless transmission unit,
142 ... communication control unit,
1421 ... Communication measuring unit,
1422 ... synchronization processing unit,
1423 ... Bandwidth management unit,
143 Data processing unit,
15 ... MME

Claims (11)

  1.  マクロセル基地局装置と、前記マクロセル基地局装置のセルの一部の領域をセルとする小型基地局装置と、移動局装置とを備える通信システムであって、
     前記移動局装置は、
     前記マクロセル基地局装置又は前記小型基地局装置と第1の周波数帯域を用いて通信する送受信部と、
     前記第1の周波数帯域とは異なる第2の周波数帯域を用いて前記送受信部で通信していない小型基地局装置又はマクロセル基地局装置との通信を要求することを表す要求情報を生成し、前記要求情報を前記送受信部で通信している前記マクロセル基地局装置又は前記小型基地局装置に送信する通信制御部と、
     を備える通信システム。
    A communication system comprising a macro cell base station device, a small base station device having a partial cell area of the macro cell base station device as a cell, and a mobile station device,
    The mobile station device
    A transceiver that communicates with the macrocell base station apparatus or the small base station apparatus using a first frequency band;
    Generating request information indicating requesting communication with a small base station apparatus or a macrocell base station apparatus that is not communicating with the transceiver using a second frequency band different from the first frequency band, and A communication control unit for transmitting request information to the macro cell base station device or the small base station device communicating with the transceiver unit;
    A communication system comprising:
  2.  前記移動局装置は、
     前記マクロセル基地局装置又は前記小型基地局装置との通信量を測定する通信測定部とを備え、
     前記通信制御部は、前記通信測定部が測定した通信量に基づいて前記第2の周波数帯域を用いて通信するか否かを判断する請求項1に記載の通信システム。
    The mobile station device
    A communication measuring unit that measures the communication amount with the macro cell base station device or the small base station device,
    The communication system according to claim 1, wherein the communication control unit determines whether to perform communication using the second frequency band based on a communication amount measured by the communication measurement unit.
  3.  前記通信制御部は、
     前記第2の周波数帯域を用いて通信可能な小型基地局装置又はマクロセル基地局装置を探索する請求項1に記載の通信システム。
    The communication control unit
    The communication system according to claim 1, wherein a small base station device or a macro cell base station device capable of communicating using the second frequency band is searched.
  4.  前記通信制御部は、前記探索した小型基地局装置又はマクロセル基地局装置のセルに在圏していることを表す在圏情報を前記要求情報として送信する請求項3に記載の通信システム。 The communication system according to claim 3, wherein the communication control unit transmits, as the request information, location information indicating presence in a cell of the searched small base station device or macro cell base station device.
  5.  前記通信制御部は、前記マクロセル基地局装置又は前記小型基地局装置との通信に係る測定情報に前記要求情報を付加して前記マクロセル基地局装置又は前記小型基地局装置に送信する請求項1に記載の通信システム。 The communication control unit adds the request information to measurement information related to communication with the macro cell base station apparatus or the small base station apparatus, and transmits the measurement information to the macro cell base station apparatus or the small base station apparatus. The communication system described.
  6.  前記通信制御部は、通信可能な小型基地局装置又はマクロセル基地局装置を複数個検知した場合、通信品質が最も高い小型基地局装置又はマクロセル基地局装置を選択する請求項3に記載の通信システム。 The communication system according to claim 3, wherein the communication control unit selects a small base station device or a macro cell base station device having the highest communication quality when a plurality of small base station devices or macro cell base station devices capable of communication are detected. .
  7.  マクロセル基地局装置と、前記マクロセル基地局装置のセルの一部の領域をセルとする小型基地局装置と、移動局装置とを備える通信システムであって、
     前記マクロセル基地局装置又は前記小型基地局装置は、
     前記移動局装置と第1の周波数帯域を用いて通信する送受信部と、
     前記第1の周波数帯域とは異なる第2の周波数帯域を用いて前記送受信部で通信していない小型基地局装置又はマクロセル基地局装置と前記移動局装置との通信を要求することを表す要求情報を生成し、前記要求情報を前記送受信部で通信している前記移動局装置に送信する通信制御部と、
     を備える通信システム。
    A communication system comprising a macro cell base station device, a small base station device having a partial cell area of the macro cell base station device as a cell, and a mobile station device,
    The macro cell base station device or the small base station device is
    A transmission / reception unit that communicates with the mobile station apparatus using a first frequency band;
    Request information representing a request for communication between the mobile station apparatus and a small base station apparatus or macrocell base station apparatus that is not communicating with the transceiver using a second frequency band different from the first frequency band And a communication control unit for transmitting the request information to the mobile station apparatus communicating with the transmission / reception unit,
    A communication system comprising:
  8.  マクロセル基地局装置又は前記マクロセル基地局装置のセルの一部の領域をセルとする小型基地局装置と第1の周波数帯域を用いて通信する送受信部と、
     前記第1の周波数帯域とは異なる第2の周波数帯域を用いて、前記送受信部で通信していない小型基地局装置又はマクロセル基地局装置との通信を要求することを表す要求情報を生成し、前記要求情報を前記送受信部で通信している前記マクロセル基地局装置又は前記小型基地局装置に送信する通信制御部と、
     を備える移動局装置。
    A transceiver unit for communicating with a macro cell base station device or a small base station device having a cell in a region of a part of a cell of the macro cell base station device using a first frequency band;
    Using a second frequency band different from the first frequency band, generating request information indicating requesting communication with a small base station device or a macro cell base station device that is not communicating with the transceiver unit, A communication control unit that transmits the request information to the macro cell base station device or the small base station device that is communicating with the transmission / reception unit;
    A mobile station apparatus comprising:
  9.  移動局装置と第1の周波数帯域を用いて通信する送受信部と、
     前記第1の周波数帯域とは異なる第2の周波数帯域を用いて前記送受信部で通信していないマクロセル基地局装置又は前記マクロセル基地局装置のセルの一部の領域をセルとする小型基地局装置又はマクロセル基地局装置と前記移動局装置との通信を要求することを表す要求情報を生成し、前記要求情報を前記送受信部で通信している前記移動局装置に送信する通信制御部と、
     を備える基地局装置。
    A transceiver that communicates with the mobile station device using the first frequency band;
    A small-sized base station apparatus that uses a second frequency band different from the first frequency band as a cell, or a macro cell base station apparatus that does not communicate with the transmission / reception unit, or a partial area of a cell of the macro cell base station apparatus as a cell Or, a communication control unit that generates request information representing a request for communication between a macro cell base station device and the mobile station device, and transmits the request information to the mobile station device that is communicating with the transmission / reception unit;
    A base station apparatus comprising:
  10.  移動局装置における通信方法であって、
     前記移動局装置は、マクロセル基地局装置又は前記マクロセル基地局装置のセルの一部の領域をセルとする小型基地局装置と第1の周波数帯域を用いて通信し、
     前記移動局装置は、前記第1の周波数帯域とは異なる第2の周波数帯域を用いて、通信していない小型基地局装置又はマクロセル基地局装置との通信を要求することを表す要求情報を生成し、前記要求情報を、通信している前記マクロセル基地局装置又は前記小型基地局装置に送信する通信方法。
    A communication method in a mobile station device,
    The mobile station device communicates with a macro cell base station device or a small base station device having a part of a cell of the macro cell base station device as a cell using a first frequency band,
    The mobile station apparatus generates request information representing a request for communication with a small base station apparatus or macrocell base station apparatus that is not communicating, using a second frequency band different from the first frequency band. And transmitting the request information to the communicating macro cell base station apparatus or the small base station apparatus.
  11.  マクロセル基地局装置又は前記マクロセル基地局装置のセルの一部の領域をセルとする小型基地局装置における通信方法であって、
     前記マクロセル基地局装置又は前記小型基地局装置は、移動局装置と第1の周波数帯域を用いて通信し、
     前記マクロセル基地局装置又は前記小型基地局装置は、前記第1の周波数帯域とは異なる第2の周波数帯域を用いて、通信していない小型基地局装置又はマクロセル基地局装置と前記移動局装置との通信を要求することを表す要求情報を生成し、前記要求情報を、通信している前記移動局装置に送信する通信方法。
    A macro cell base station apparatus or a communication method in a small base station apparatus having a cell as a partial area of a cell of the macro cell base station apparatus,
    The macro cell base station device or the small base station device communicates with the mobile station device using a first frequency band,
    The macro cell base station apparatus or the small base station apparatus uses a second frequency band different from the first frequency band, and is not communicating with the small base station apparatus or macro cell base station apparatus and the mobile station apparatus. The communication method which produces | generates the request information showing requesting communication of this, and transmits the said request information to the said mobile station apparatus which is communicating.
PCT/JP2013/058057 2012-03-21 2013-03-21 Communication system, mobile station device, base station device, and communication method WO2013141294A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2012-063885 2012-03-21
JP2012-063884 2012-03-21
JP2012063885A JP2013197961A (en) 2012-03-21 2012-03-21 Communication system, mobile station device, small base station device, and communication method
JP2012063884A JP2013197960A (en) 2012-03-21 2012-03-21 Communication system, mobile station device, macrocell base station device, and communication method

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2013141294A1 true WO2013141294A1 (en) 2013-09-26

Family

ID=49222751

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2013/058057 WO2013141294A1 (en) 2012-03-21 2013-03-21 Communication system, mobile station device, base station device, and communication method

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2013141294A1 (en)

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2009116427A1 (en) * 2008-03-19 2009-09-24 シャープ株式会社 Mobile communication system, base station device, mobile station device, and mobile communication method
WO2010140347A1 (en) * 2009-06-02 2010-12-09 シャープ株式会社 Wireless communication system, wireless communication method, base station apparatus, and terminal station apparatus

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2009116427A1 (en) * 2008-03-19 2009-09-24 シャープ株式会社 Mobile communication system, base station device, mobile station device, and mobile communication method
WO2010140347A1 (en) * 2009-06-02 2010-12-09 シャープ株式会社 Wireless communication system, wireless communication method, base station apparatus, and terminal station apparatus

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
NTT DOCOMO: "Enhanced Cell Identification for Additional Carrier Type", 3GPP, 10 February 2012 (2012-02-10) *
ZTE: "Clarification on Scope of Hetnet Mobility Improvement", 3GPP, 13 May 2011 (2011-05-13) *

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11233619B2 (en) Method and apparatus for measuring serving and neighboring cells
JP6896865B2 (en) Systems and methods for selecting or transmitting frequency domain patterns for phase tracking reference signals
TWI753172B (en) Frame structure dependent configuration of physical channels
JP6212101B2 (en) User terminal and device
JP6668378B2 (en) System, method, and apparatus for managing relay connections in a wireless communication network
TWI768121B (en) Methods and apparatus related to enhanced machine type communication
JP6545910B2 (en) Narrow band PRACH with multiple tone hopping distances
JP6204693B2 (en) Wireless base station and wireless communication method
CN108769998B (en) Radio base station
KR20170127443A (en) Resource partitioning between wireless backhaul and access communications in millimeter wave networks
TW201225725A (en) Method and arrangement for reporting channel state information in a telecommunication system
JP2017534209A (en) Apparatus configured to report aperiodic channel state information for dual connectivity
JP6045808B2 (en) User terminal, radio base station, and radio communication method
JP2012005079A (en) Interference reduction method and wireless base station
KR20150016237A (en) Wireless communication system, wireless base station device, user terminal and communication control method
JP2014175800A (en) Radio base station, user terminal, and radio communication method
US20200154284A1 (en) Radio communication system, base station, and communication terminal
GB2505906A (en) Multicoordinated Scheduling based on the geographical location of a mobile device
WO2014069587A1 (en) Base station device, terminal device, communication system, transmission method, reception method, communication method, and integrated circuit
JP5814207B2 (en) Base station apparatus and mobile terminal apparatus
TW202226863A (en) Sidelink fr2 inter-ue interference management
US20180063720A1 (en) Radio communication system, base station, and communication terminal
JP5828002B2 (en) Radio communication system, radio base station apparatus, user terminal, and radio communication method
JP2013197961A (en) Communication system, mobile station device, small base station device, and communication method
JP6110265B2 (en) Base station and user terminal

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13764072

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

DPE1 Request for preliminary examination filed after expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed from 20040101)
NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 13764072

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1